Ahaṃ 662 texts and 3063 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta St Title Words Ct Mr Links Quote
an1.21-30 an1.29 an1.30 dukkhādhivahaṁ sukhādhivahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yaṁ evaṁ abhāvitaṁ abahulīkataṁ dukkhādhivahaṁ hoti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ.
“Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that, when it’s not developed and cultivated, brings such suffering as the mind.
Cittaṁ, bhikkhave, abhāvitaṁ abahulīkataṁ dukkhādhivahaṁ hotī”ti.
An undeveloped and uncultivated mind brings suffering.”
“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ bahulīkataṁ sukhādhivahaṁ hoti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ.
“Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that, when it is developed and cultivated, brings such happiness as the mind.
Cittaṁ, bhikkhave, bhāvitaṁ bahulīkataṁ sukhādhivahaṁ hotī”ti.
A developed and cultivated mind brings happiness.” "

an1.41-50 an1.47 ahaṁ 1 5 En Ru

Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nāññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ bahulīkataṁ mudu ca hoti kammaññañca yathayidaṁ cittaṁ.
so too, I do not see a single thing that’s as pliable and workable as the mind, when it is developed and cultivated.

an1.170-187 an1.170 an1.172 an1.174 arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.

an1.268-277 an1.277 arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā ekova arahaṁ sammāsambuddho uppajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.
But it is possible for just one perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, to arise in one solar system.” "

an1.278-286 an1.279 arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ itthī arahaṁ assa sammāsambuddho. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.
“It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen for a woman to be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.
Ṭhānañca kho, etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ puriso arahaṁ assa sammāsambuddho. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.
But it is possible for a man to be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.”

an1.316-332 an1.328 an1.329 ahaṁ 2 3 En Ru

evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, appamattakampi bhavaṁ na vaṇṇemi, antamaso accharāsaṅghātamattampi”.
so too I don’t approve of even a tiny bit of continued existence, not even as long as a finger-snap.”
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, appamattakampi bhavaṁ na vaṇṇemi, antamaso accharāsaṅghātamattampi”.
so too I don’t approve of even a tiny bit of continued existence, not even as long as a finger-snap.” "

an2.11-20 an2.15 an2.17 ahaṁ 7 1 En Ru

ahaṁ kho akusalaṁ āpanno kañcideva desaṁ kāyena.
‘I have committed a certain unskillful offense with the body. kañcideva → kiñcideva (mr)
No ce ahaṁ akusalaṁ āpajjeyyaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena, na maṁ so bhikkhu passeyya akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena.
If I hadn’t committed that offense, they wouldn’t have seen me.
Yasmā ca kho, ahaṁ akusalaṁ āpanno kañcideva desaṁ kāyena, tasmā maṁ so bhikkhu addasa akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena.
But since I did commit that offense, they did see me.
Ahaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ addasaṁ akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena.
I saw them do that.
Yasmā ca kho, ayaṁ bhikkhu akusalaṁ āpanno kañcideva desaṁ kāyena, tasmā ahaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ addasaṁ akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena.
But since they did commit that offense, I did see them.
“Na kho ahaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“I don’t understand the meaning of what Master Gotama has said in brief, without explaining the details.
Sādhu me bhavaṁ gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā ahaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājāneyyan”ti.
Master Gotama, please teach me this matter in detail so I can understand the meaning.”

an2.21-31 an2.30 ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ime kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dve atthavase sampassamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevāmī”ti.
I see two reasons to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.”

an2.32-41 an2.34 an2.37 ahaṁ arahaṁ 4 2 En Ru

“Akiriyaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa, anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ akiriyaṁ vadāmi.
“I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of unskillful things.
Kiriyañca kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa, anekavihitānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ kiriyaṁ vadāmi.
I teach action regarding good bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of skillful things.
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kiriyavādī ca akiriyavādī cā”ti.
This is the kind of action and inaction that I teach.”
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
There the Blessed One is now staying, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.

an2.52-63 an2.52 an2.53 an2.55 an2.56 arahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Tathāgato ca arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, rājā ca cakkavattī.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Tathāgato ca arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, rājā ca cakkavattī.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Tathāgato ca arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, rājā ca cakkavattī.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and the wheel-turning monarch.
Tathāgato ca arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, paccekabuddho ca.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha; and an independent Buddha.

an3.13 Āsaṁsasutta Hopes arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo.
It’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, who has ended all defilements.

an3.14 Cakkavattisutta The Wheel-Turning Monarch arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati kāyakammasmiṁ:
In the same way, monk, a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, a just and principled king, provides just protection and security regarding bodily actions, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as his flag, banner, and authority. bhikkhu → bhikkhave (mr) "
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati vacīkammasmiṁ:
Furthermore, a Realized One … provides just protection and security regarding verbal actions, saying:
Sa kho so, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā kāyakammasmiṁ, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā vacīkammasmiṁ, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā manokammasmiṁ, dhammeneva anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti.
And when a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha has provided just protection and security regarding actions of body, speech, and mind, he rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma.

an3.15 Sacetanasutta About Pacetana ahaṁ arahaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Ahaṁ tena samayena so rathakāro ahosiṁ.
I myself was the chariot-maker at that time.
Etarahi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kusalo kāyavaṅkānaṁ kāyadosānaṁ kāyakasāvānaṁ, kusalo vacīvaṅkānaṁ vacīdosānaṁ vacīkasāvānaṁ, kusalo manovaṅkānaṁ manodosānaṁ manokasāvānaṁ.
Now that I am a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, I am skilled in the crooks, flaws, and defects of actions by body, speech, and mind.

an3.32 Ānandasutta With Ānanda ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 12 0 En Ru

“Siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu;
“Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion such that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli;
yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti?
and that they’d live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more?”
“Siyā, ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu;
“It could be, Ānanda, that a mendicant gains a state of immersion such that they have no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli;
yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti.
and that they’d live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more.”
“Yathā kathaṁ pana, bhante, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu;
“But how could this be, sir?”
yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja vihareyyā”ti?
an3.32
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā nāssu;
That’s how, Ānanda, a mendicant might gain a state of immersion such that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli;
yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja vihareyyāti.
and that they’d live having achieved the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more.

an3.33 Sāriputtasutta With Sāriputta ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 9 0 En Ru

“saṅkhittenapi kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ;
“Maybe I’ll teach Dhamma in brief,
vitthārenapi kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ;
maybe in detail,
saṅkhittavitthārenapi kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ;
maybe both in brief and in detail.
‘imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na bhavissanti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na bhavissanti, yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharissāmā’ti.
‘There’ll be no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli; and we’ll live having achieved the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more.’
Yato ca kho, sāriputta, bhikkhuno imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti, yañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharato ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na honti tañca cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ upasampajja viharati;
When a mendicant has no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body; and no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for all external stimuli; and they live having attained the freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom where ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit are no more—

an3.35 Hatthakasutta With Hatthaka ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ye ca pana loke sukhaṁ senti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro”ti.
I am one of those who sleep at ease in the world.”
Ye ca pana loke sukhaṁ senti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro’”ti.
I am one of those who sleep at ease in the world.’”

an3.36 Devadūtasutta Messengers of the Gods arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Aho vatāhaṁ manussattaṁ labheyyaṁ, tathāgato ca loke uppajjeyya arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyaṁ.
Oh, I hope I may be reborn as a human being! And that a Realized One—a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha—arises in the world! And that I may pay homage to the Buddha!

an3.37 Catumahārājasutta The Four Great Kings (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā brahmacariyo katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya:
But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say: tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno → tassa kho etaṁ bhikkhuno (sya-all); tassa kho evaṁ bhikkhave bhikkhuno (mr) "

an3.38 Dutiyacatumahārājasutta The Four Great Kings (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yo ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṁ vacanāya:
But for a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—it is appropriate to say:

an3.39 Sukhumālasutta A Delicate Lifestyle ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Sukhumālo ahaṁ, bhikkhave, paramasukhumālo accantasukhumālo.
“My lifestyle was delicate, mendicants, most delicate, extremely delicate.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi.
I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. paricārayamāno → paricāriyamāno (bj, sya-all, km, mr); parivāriyamāno (pts1ed)
‘ahampi khomhi maraṇadhammo, maraṇaṁ anatīto, ahaṁ ceva kho pana maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇaṁ anatīto paraṁ mataṁ disvā aṭṭīyeyyaṁ harāyeyyaṁ jiguccheyyaṁ, na metaṁ assa patirūpan’ti.
But since I, too, am liable to die, it would not be appropriate for me to be horrified, embarrassed, and disgusted, when I see someone else who is dead.’

an3.57 Vacchagottasutta With Vacchagotta ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho pana, vaccha, evaṁ vadāmi:
Vaccha, this is what I say:

an3.58 Tikaṇṇasutta With Tikaṇṇa tamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tamahaṁ vadāmi tevijjaṁ,
That’s who I call a three-knowledge master,

an3.59 Jāṇussoṇisutta With Jānussoṇi tamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tamahaṁ vadāmi tevijjaṁ,
That’s who I call a three-knowledge master,

an3.60 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava arahaṁ ahaṁ kahaṁ 3 8 En Ru

idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
A Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
‘ethāyaṁ maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā yathāpaṭipanno ahaṁ anuttaraṁ brahmacariyogadhaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedemi;
‘Come, this is the path, this is the practice. Practicing like this, I realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual life with my own insight, and I make it known.
“Kahaṁ pana, bho gotama, etarahi te bhikkhū viharantī”ti?
“But where are these mendicants now staying?”

an3.62 Bhayasutta Perils ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

ahaṁ jīrāmi, mā me putto jīrī’ti;
‘Let me grow old, may my child not grow old!’
ahaṁ jīrāmi, mā me mātā jīrī’ti.
‘Let me grow old, may my mother not grow old!’
ahaṁ byādhiyāmi, mā me putto byādhiyī’ti;
‘Let me be sick, may my child not be sick!’
ahaṁ byādhiyāmi, mā me mātā byādhiyī’ti.
‘Let me be sick, may my mother not be sick!’
ahaṁ mīyāmi, mā me putto mīyī’ti;
‘Let me die, may my child not die!’
ahaṁ mīyāmi, mā me mātā mīyī’ti.
‘Let me die, may my mother not die!’

an3.63 Venāgapurasutta At Venāgapura arahaṁ ahaṁ 9 4 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ bhagavā’ti → bhagavā (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto caṅkamāmi, dibbo me eso tasmiṁ samaye caṅkamo hoti.
When I’m practicing like this, if I walk, at that time my walking is heavenly.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto tiṭṭhāmi, dibbaṁ me etaṁ tasmiṁ samaye ṭhānaṁ hoti.
When I’m practicing like this, if I stand, at that time my standing is heavenly.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto nisīdāmi, dibbaṁ me etaṁ tasmiṁ samaye āsanaṁ hoti.
When I’m practicing like this, if I sit, at that time my sitting is heavenly.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto seyyaṁ kappemi, dibbaṁ me etaṁ tasmiṁ samaye uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ hoti.
When I’m practicing like this, if I lie down, at that time my lying is heavenly.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto caṅkamāmi, brahmā me eso tasmiṁ samaye caṅkamo hoti.
When I’m practicing like this, if I walk, at that time my walking is divine.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto tiṭṭhāmi …pe…
… my standing is divine.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto caṅkamāmi, ariyo me eso tasmiṁ samaye caṅkamo hoti.
When I’m practicing like this, if I walk, at that time my walking is noble.
So ce ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁbhūto tiṭṭhāmi …pe…
… my standing is noble.

an3.64 Sarabhasutta With Sarabha rājagahaṁ ahaṁ tamahaṁ 8 6 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu.
Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Sace te aparipūraṁ bhavissati, ahaṁ paripūressāmi.
If you’ve not learned it fully, I’ll fill you in.
Sace pana te paripūraṁ bhavissati, ahaṁ anumodissāmī”ti.
But if you have learned it fully, I’ll agree.”
Sace te aparipūraṁ bhavissati, ahaṁ paripūressāmi.
If you’ve not learned it fully, I’ll fill you in.
Sace pana te paripūraṁ bhavissati, ahaṁ anumodissāmī”ti.
But if you have learned it fully, I’ll agree.”
‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’ti, tamahaṁ tattha sādhukaṁ samanuyuñjeyyaṁ samanugāheyyaṁ samanubhāseyyaṁ.
‘You claim to be a fully awakened Buddha, but you don’t understand these things.’ Then I’d carefully pursue, press, and grill them on that point.
‘khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā’ti, tamahaṁ tattha sādhukaṁ samanuyuñjeyyaṁ samanugāheyyaṁ samanubhāseyyaṁ.
‘You claim to have ended all defilements, but you still have these defilements.’ Then I’d carefully pursue, press, and grill them on that point.
‘yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti, tamahaṁ tattha sādhukaṁ samanuyuñjeyyaṁ samanugāheyyaṁ samanubhāseyyaṁ.
‘Your teaching does not lead someone who practices it to the complete ending of suffering, the goal for which it is taught.’ Then I’d carefully pursue, press, and grill them on that point.

an3.65 Kesamuttisutta With the Kālāmas of Kesamutta ṭhānamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti.
‘If it turns out there is another world, and good and bad deeds have a result, then—when the body breaks up, after death—I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ This is the first consolation they’ve won. sukatadukkaṭānaṁ → sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | athāhaṁ → ṭhānamahaṁ (bj, pts1ed); ṭhānametaṁ yenāhaṁ (sya-all, km)

an3.66 Sāḷhasutta With Sāḷha and His Friend ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“Abhijjhāti kho ahaṁ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṁ vadāmi.
“‘Covetousness’ is what I mean by this.
“Byāpādoti kho ahaṁ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṁ vadāmi.
“‘Malice’ is what I mean by this.
“Avijjāti kho ahaṁ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṁ vadāmi.
“‘Ignorance’ is what I mean by this.
“Anabhijjhāti kho ahaṁ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṁ vadāmi.
“‘Satisfaction’ is what I mean by this.
“Abyāpādoti kho ahaṁ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṁ vadāmi.
“‘Kindness’ is what I mean by this.
“Vijjāti kho ahaṁ, sāḷhā, etamatthaṁ vadāmi.
“‘Knowledge’ is what I mean by this.

an3.70 Uposathasutta Sabbath ahaṁ arahaṁ 3 7 En Ru

ahaṁ khvajja idañcidañca khādanīyaṁ khādiṁ, idañcidañca bhojanīyaṁ bhuñjiṁ;
‘Today I ate this and that, and had a meal of this and that.
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an3.75 Nivesakasutta Support arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ, buddho bhagavā’ti,
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an3.80 Cūḷanikāsutta Lesser arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kīvatakaṁ pahoti sarena viññāpetun”ti?
I wonder how far a Blessed One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha can make their voice heard?”
Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kīvatakaṁ pahoti sarena viññāpetun”ti?
an3.80
Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kīvatakaṁ pahoti sarena viññāpetun”ti?
“… I wonder how far a Blessed One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha can make their voice heard?”

an3.84 Vajjiputtasutta The Vajji sakkomahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Sakkomahaṁ, bhante, tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhituṁ—
“I am, sir.”

an3.91 Saṅkavāsutta At Paṅkadhā sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsente rājagahaṁ sampahaṁsesi 14 0 En Ru

Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
There the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about the training rules.
Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
Kassapagotta became quite impatient and bitter, thinking,
Atha kho bhagavā saṅkavāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.
When the Buddha had stayed in Paṅkadhā as long as he pleased, he set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari.
Traveling stage by stage, he arrived at Rājagaha,
yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
that when the Buddha was talking about the training rules I became quite impatient and bitter, thinking
Atha kho kassapagotto bhikkhu senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena rājagahaṁ tena pakkāmi.
Then Kassapagotta set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kassapagotto bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, saying:
Tatra, bhante, bhagavā sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
an3.91
Tassa mayhaṁ bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
an3.91
Atha kho bhagavā saṅkavāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. (…)
an3.91 (…) → (anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari. tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati. atha kho) (mr)
yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
an3.91
Accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to become impatient and bitter when the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about the training rules, and to think,
“Taggha taṁ, kassapa, accayo accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yassa te mayi sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:
“Indeed, Kassapa, you made a mistake. Taggha taṁ → taggha tvaṁ (bj, pts1ed) "

an3.103 Pubbevasambodhasutta Before Awakening ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yato ca khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.
But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. khvāhaṁ → kho ahaṁ (bj, pts1ed); khohaṁ (sya-all, km, mr)

an3.112 Dutiyanidānasutta Sources (2nd) etamahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, saṁyojanaṁ vadāmi yo cetaso sārāgo.
This lust in the heart is what I call a fetter.
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, saṁyojanaṁ vadāmi yo cetaso sārāgo.
an3.112
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, saṁyojanaṁ vadāmi yo cetaso sārāgo.
an3.112

an3.115 Appameyyasutta Immeasurable arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo.
It’s a mendicant who is perfected, and has ended defilements.

an3.127 Hatthakasutta With Hatthaka ahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, ākiṇṇo viharāmi devaputtehi.
so I live crowded by the gods.
Bhagavato ahaṁ, bhante, dassanassa atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkato;
Seeing the Buddha;
Imesaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkatoti.
I passed away without getting enough of these three things.

an3.128 Kaṭuviyasutta Bitter ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, goyogapilakkhasmiṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ rittassādaṁ bāhirassādaṁ muṭṭhassatiṁ asampajānaṁ asamāhitaṁ vibbhantacittaṁ pākatindriyaṁ.
an3.128

an3.130 Dutiyaanuruddhasutta With Anuruddha (2nd) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokaṁ volokemī’ti, idaṁ te mānasmiṁ.
‘With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, I survey the entire galaxy,’ that’s your conceit.

an3.137 Kesakambalasutta A Hair Blanket arahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Ahampi, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kammavādo ceva kiriyavādo ca vīriyavādo ca.
I too, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha in the present, teach the efficacy of deeds, action, and energy.

an4.8 Vesārajjasutta Self-assured etamahaṁ etampahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. Etamahaṁ → etampahaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.

an4.15 Paññattisutta Regarded as Foremost arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
In this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—a Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is said to be the best.

an4.21 Paṭhamauruvelasutta At Uruvelā (1st) ahaṁ yamahaṁ arahaṁ 10 1 En Ru

Kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti?
What ascetic or brahmin should I honor and respect and rely on?’ garuṁ katvā → garukatvā (bj, pts1ed)
‘aparipūrassa kho ahaṁ sīlakkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
‘I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the entire spectrum of ethics, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā attanā sīlasampannataraṁ, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—who is more accomplished than myself in ethics, who I should honor and respect and rely on.
Aparipūrassa kho ahaṁ samādhikkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the entire spectrum of immersion, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā attanā samādhisampannataraṁ, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin … who is more accomplished than myself in immersion …
Aparipūrassa kho ahaṁ paññākkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the entrie spectrum of wisdom, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā attanā paññāsampannataraṁ, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world … who is more accomplished than myself in wisdom …
Aparipūrassa kho ahaṁ vimuttikkhandhassa pāripūriyā aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
I would honor and respect and rely on another ascetic or brahmin so as to complete the entire spectrum of freedom, if it were incomplete.
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā attanā vimuttisampannataraṁ, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyan’ti.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world … who is more accomplished than myself in freedom …’
bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammaṁyeva sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharatū’ti.
May the Blessed One, who is the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present, also honor and respect and rely on this same teaching.’

an4.22 Dutiyauruvelasutta At Uruvelā (2nd) tamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tamahaṁ vadāmi theroti,
That’s who I call a senior,

an4.24 Kāḷakārāmasutta At Kāḷaka’s Monastery tamahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tamahaṁ jānāmi.
“In this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind: that I know.
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tamahaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ.
In this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind: that I have insight into.
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tamahaṁ na jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā.
If I were to say that ‘I do not know … the world with its gods’, I would be lying.
Yaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… tamahaṁ jānāmi ca na ca jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, tampassa tādisameva.
If I were to say that ‘I both know and do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be just the same. tampassa → taṁ pissa (sya-all, km); taṁ mamassa (mr)
Yaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… tamahaṁ neva jānāmi na na jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa kali.
If I were to say that ‘I neither know nor do not know … the world with its gods’, that would be my fault.

an4.30 Paribbājakasutta Wanderers tamahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

‘ahametaṁ anabhijjhaṁ dhammapadaṁ paccakkhāya abhijjhāluṁ kāmesu tibbasārāgaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṁ tattha evaṁ vadeyyaṁ:
‘I’ll reject this Dhamma footprint of contentment, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who covets sensual pleasures with acute lust.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘ahametaṁ abyāpādaṁ dhammapadaṁ paccakkhāya byāpannacittaṁ paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṁ tattha evaṁ vadeyyaṁ:
‘I’ll reject this Dhamma footprint of good will, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who has ill will and malicious intent.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘ahametaṁ sammāsatiṁ dhammapadaṁ paccakkhāya muṭṭhassatiṁ asampajānaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṁ tattha evaṁ vadeyyaṁ:
‘I’ll reject this Dhamma footprint of right mindfulness, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who is unmindful, with no situational awareness.’ Then I’d say to them:
‘ahametaṁ sammāsamādhiṁ dhammapadaṁ paccakkhāya asamāhitaṁ vibbhantacittaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā paññāpessāmī’ti, tamahaṁ tattha evaṁ vadeyyaṁ:
‘I’ll reject this Dhamma footprint of right immersion, and describe a true ascetic or brahmin who is scattered, with straying mind.’ Then I’d say to them:

an4.32 Saṅgahasutta Inclusion yathārahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

tattha tattha yathārahaṁ;
in each case as they deserve.

an4.33 Sīhasutta The Lion arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā, so dhammaṁ deseti:
In the same way, when a Realized One arises in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed—he teaches the Dhamma:

an4.34 Aggappasādasutta The Best Kinds of Confidence arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception. dvipadā → dipadā (bj, pts1ed) "

an4.35 Vassakārasutta With Vassakāra ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Catūhi kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, dhammehi samannāgataṁ mahāpaññaṁ mahāpurisaṁ paññāpemi.
but when someone has four qualities I describe him as a great man with great wisdom.
Imehi kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṁ mahāpaññaṁ mahāpurisaṁ paññāpemī”ti.
but when someone has these four qualities I describe him as a great man with great wisdom.”

an4.36 Doṇasutta Doṇa ahaṁ 11 1 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, devo bhavissāmī”ti.
“I will not be a god, brahmin.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gandhabbo bhavissāmī”ti.
“I will not be a centaur.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yakkho bhavissāmī”ti.
“I will not be a native spirit.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, manusso bhavissāmī”ti.
“I will not be a human.”
‘na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, devo bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
you answer that you will not be any of these.
‘na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gandhabbo bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
an4.36
‘na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yakkho bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
an4.36
‘na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, manusso bhavissāmī’ti vadesi.
an4.36
“Yesaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āsavānaṁ appahīnattā devo bhaveyyaṁ, te me āsavā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā.
“Brahmin, if I had not given up defilements I might have become a god … a centaur … a native spirit … or a human. But I have given up those defilements, cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them so they are unable to arise in the future.
Yesaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āsavānaṁ appahīnattā gandhabbo bhaveyyaṁ … yakkho bhaveyyaṁ … manusso bhaveyyaṁ, te me āsavā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā.
an4.36
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, loke jāto loke saṁvaḍḍho lokaṁ abhibhuyya viharāmi anupalitto lokena.
In the same way, though I was born and grew up in the world, I live having mastered the world, unsullied by the world.

an4.39 Ujjayasutta With Ujjaya ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṁ yaññaṁ vaṇṇemi;
“Brahmin, I don’t praise all sacrifices.
evarūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sārambhaṁ yaññaṁ na vaṇṇemi.
I criticize that kind of violent sacrifice.
evarūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, nirārambhaṁ yaññaṁ vaṇṇemi, yadidaṁ niccadānaṁ anukulayaññaṁ.
I praise that kind of non-violent sacrifice; for example, a regular gift as an ongoing family sacrifice.

an4.40 Udāyīsutta With Udāyī ahaṁ yathārahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sabbaṁ yaññaṁ vaṇṇemi;
“Brahmin, I don’t praise all sacrifices.
evarūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sārambhaṁ yaññaṁ na vaṇṇemi.
I don’t praise that kind of violent sacrifice.
evarūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, nirārambhaṁ yaññaṁ vaṇṇemi, yadidaṁ niccadānaṁ anukulayaññaṁ.
I do praise that kind of non-violent sacrifice; for example, a regular gift as an ongoing family sacrifice.
habyaṁ katvā yathārahaṁ;
whether as sacrifice or for ancestors, habyaṁ → hutaṁ (bj); huññaṁ (sya-all, km); bhavyaṁ (pts1ed)

an4.45 Rohitassasutta With Rohitassa ahaṁ 2 2 En Ru

ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarāyeva kālaṅkato.
I traveled for my whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—and I passed away along the way, never reaching the end of the world.

an4.46 Dutiyarohitassasutta With Rohitassa (2nd) ahaṁ 4 2 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, rohitassaṁ devaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
(The rest is the same as the previous discourse, AN 4.45.)
ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
an4.46
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarāyeva kālaṅkato.
an4.46
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, rohitassaṁ devaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
an4.46

an4.48 Visākhasutta With Visākha, Pañcāli’s Son sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsesi 4 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya.
Now at that time Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son, was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent. pañcālaputto → pañcāliputto (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
“Ko nu kho, bhikkhave, upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā”ti?
“Mendicants, who was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk?”
“Āyasmā, bhante, visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā”ti.
“Sir, it was Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son.”
Sādhu kho tvaṁ, visākha, bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyāti.
It’s good that you educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk, with words that are polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent.

an4.52 Dutiyapuññābhisandasutta Overflowing Merit (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an4.61 Pattakammasutta Fitting Deeds arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an4.76 Kusinārasutta At Kusinārā ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante. Natthi imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussapi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā”ti.
I am quite confident that there’s not even a single mendicant in this Saṅgha who has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice.”

an4.97 Khippanisantisutta Quick-witted sampahaṁsako 4 0 En Ru

no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
But they’re not a good speaker. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. samādapako → samādāpako (?) "
kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
But they’re a good speaker. …
no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
Nor are they a good speaker. …
kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
And they’re a good speaker. …

an4.111 Kesisutta With Kesi ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho, bhante, assadammaṁ saṇhenapi vinemi, pharusenapi vinemi, saṇhapharusenapi vinemī”ti.
“Sir, I guide a horse in training sometimes gently, sometimes harshly, and sometimes both gently and harshly.”
Ahaṁ kho, kesi, purisadammaṁ saṇhenapi vinemi, pharusenapi vinemi, saṇhapharusenapi vinemi.
“Kesi, I guide a person in training sometimes gently, sometimes harshly, and sometimes both gently and harshly.

an4.160 Sugatavinayasutta The Training of a Holy One arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

an4.171 Cetanāsutta Intention ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi:
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.

an4.172 Vibhattisutta Sāriputta’s Attainment of Textual Analysis tamahaṁ ahaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Tamahaṁ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi.
In many ways I explain, teach, assert, establish, clarify, analyze, and reveal it.
Ahaṁ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṁ sukusalo.
I will answer. Our teacher is present, he who is so very skilled in our teachings.
Tamahaṁ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi.
an4.172
Ahaṁ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṁ sukusalo.
an4.172
Tamahaṁ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi.
an4.172
Ahaṁ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṁ sukusalo.
an4.172
Tamahaṁ anekapariyāyena ācikkhāmi desemi paññāpemi paṭṭhapemi vivarāmi vibhajāmi uttānīkaromi.
In many ways I explain, teach, assert, establish, clarify, analyze, and reveal it.
Ahaṁ veyyākaraṇena sammukhībhūto no satthā yo no dhammānaṁ sukusalo”ti.
I will answer. Our teacher is present, he who is so very skilled in our teachings.” "

an4.188 Upakasutta With Upaka ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, ummujjamānakoyeva bhagavatā mahatā vādapāsena baddho”ti.
so the Buddha caught me in a big trap of words just as I rose up.” mahatā vādapāsena → mahatā pāsena (mr) "

an4.193 Bhaddiyasutta With Bhaddiya ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ satthā bhavissāmī’”ti?
and I will be your teacher’?”

an4.195 Vappasutta With Vappa passāmahaṁ ahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

“Passāmahaṁ, bhante, taṁ ṭhānaṁ.
“Sir, I do see such a case.
‘passāmahaṁ, bhante, taṁ ṭhānaṁ.
an4.195
Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, udayatthiko bāle nigaṇṭhe payirupāsiṁ.
In the same way, I paid homage to those Jain fools for profit.

an4.196 Sāḷhasutta With Sāḷha ahaṁ 1 7 En Ru

“Sīlavisuddhiṁ kho ahaṁ, sāḷha, aññataraṁ sāmaññaṅganti vadāmi.
“Sāḷha, purification of ethics is one of the factors of the ascetic life, I say.

an4.198 Attantapasutta Fervent Mortification of Oneself arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

an4.234 Soṇakāyanasutta About Soṇakāyana ahaṁ 1 3 En Ru

“Dassanampi kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, soṇakāyanassa māṇavassa nābhijānāmi;
“Brahmin, I can’t recall even seeing the student Soṇakāyana,

an4.236 Dutiyasikkhāpadasutta Training Rules (2nd) arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccena mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti.
It's when someone murders their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. Or they cause a schism in the Saṅgha. ekaccena mātā → ekacco mātā (pts1ed); ekacco mātaraṁ (mr) | pitā → pitaraṁ (mr) | voropito → voropitā (pts1ed, mr) | arahaṁ → arahantaṁ (mr) | voropito → voropitā (pts1ed, mr) | uppāditaṁ → uppāditā (pts1ed, mr)

an4.244 Āpattibhayasutta Perils of Offenses ahaṁ 6 4 En Ru

ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī’ti.
‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of clubbing. I submit to your pleasure.’
ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ mosallaṁ, yena me āyasmanto attamanā honti taṁ karomī”ti.
an4.244
ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ bhasmapuṭaṁ.
‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of a sack of ashes.
ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ bhasmapuṭaṁ;
an4.244
ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ upavajjaṁ.
‘Sirs, I’ve done a bad and reprehensible deed, deserving of criticism.
ahaṁ, bhante, pāpakammaṁ akāsiṁ gārayhaṁ upavajjaṁ;
an4.244

an4.247 Thūpārahasutta Worthy of a Monument arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekabuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatasāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho—
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch.

an4.257 Mālukyaputtasutta With Māluṅkyaputta yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

an4.263 Kammasutta Deeds saṅgahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

saṅgahaṁ mālukyaputto;
an4.263

an5.2 Vitthatasutta In Detail arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an5.14 Vitthatasutta In Detail arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an5.30 Nāgitasutta With Nāgita arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti’.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an5.32 Cundīsutta With Cundī arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Yāvatā, cundi, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
“Cundī, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.

an5.34 Sīhasenāpatisutta With General Sīha ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṁ petāni jānāmi.
“When it comes to those four fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on faith in the Buddha, for I know them too.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati bahuno janassa piyo manāpo.
I’m a giver, a donor, and am dear and beloved to many people.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; maṁ santo sappurisā bhajanti.
I’m a giver, and true persons associate with me.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; mayhaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: ‘sīho senāpati dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko’ti.
I’m a giver, and I have this good reputation: ‘General Sīha gives, serves, and attends on the Saṅgha.’
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati yaṁ yadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamāmi—yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ—visārado upasaṅkamāmi amaṅkubhūto.
I’m a giver, and I enter any kind of assembly bold and assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṁ petāni jānāmi.
When it comes to these four fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on faith in the Buddha, for I know them too.

an5.53 Padhāniyaṅgasutta Factors That Support Meditation arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an5.68 Dutiyaiddhipādasutta Bases of Psychic Power (2nd) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ ussoḷhipañcamānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṁ abhininnāmesiṁ abhiññāsacchikiriyāya,
When I had developed and cultivated these five things, with vigor as fifth,

an5.77 Paṭhamaanāgatabhayasutta Future Perils (1st) ahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho etarahi ekako araññe viharāmi.
‘Currently I’m living alone in a wilderness.
ahaṁ kho etarahi ekako araññe viharāmi.
‘Currently I’m living alone in a wilderness.
ahaṁ kho etarahi ekako araññe viharāmi.
‘Currently I’m living alone in a wilderness.
ahaṁ kho etarahi ekako araññe viharāmi.
‘Currently I’m living alone in a wilderness.
ahaṁ kho etarahi ekako araññe viharāmi.
‘Currently I’m living alone in a wilderness.

an5.78 Dutiyaanāgatabhayasutta Future Perils (2nd) ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho etarahi daharo yuvā susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā.
‘Currently I’m a youth, young, black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life.
ahaṁ kho etarahi appābādho appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya.
‘Currently, I’m rarely ill or unwell. My stomach digests well, being neither too hot nor too cold, but just right, and fit for meditation.

an5.100 Kakudhatherasutta With Kakudha ahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti.
‘I shall lead the mendicant Saṅgha.’
ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmīti.
an5.100
Ahaṁ kho pana, moggallāna, parisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṁ me sīlaṁ pariyodātaṁ asaṅkiliṭṭhan’ti.
But Moggallāna, I have pure ethical conduct, and I claim: ‘I am pure in ethical conduct. My ethical conduct is pure, bright, uncorrupted.’

an5.103 Mahācorasutta A Master Thief pañcahaṅgehi 1 0 En Ru

Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati nillopampi harati ekāgārikampi karoti paripanthepi tiṭṭhati.
A master thief with these five factors breaks into houses, plunders wealth, steals from isolated buildings, and commits highway robbery.

an5.124 Dutiyaupaṭṭhākasutta A Carer (2nd) sampahaṁsetuṁ 2 0 En Ru

nappaṭibalo hoti gilānaṁ kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.
They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the patient with a Dhamma talk from time to time. nappaṭibalo → na paṭibalo (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) | samādapetuṁ → samādāpetuṁ (?) "
paṭibalo hoti gilānaṁ kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.
They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the patient with a Dhamma talk from time to time.

an5.129 Parikuppasutta Fatal Wounds arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti.
Murdering your mother or father or a perfected one; maliciously shedding the blood of a Realized One; and causing a schism in the Saṅgha. Mātā → mātaraṁ (mr) | pitā → pitaraṁ (mr) | voropito → voropitā (mr) | arahaṁ → arahā (sya-all); arahantaṁ (mr) "

an5.131 Paṭhamacakkānuvattanasutta Wielding Power (1st) arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammeneva anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti;
In the same way, possessing five qualities a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma only in a principled manner.
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho atthaññū, dhammaññū, mattaññū, kālaññū, parisaññū.
A Realized One knows what is right, knows principle, knows moderation, knows the right time, and knows the assembly.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammeneva anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti;
Possessing these five qualities a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma only in a principled manner.

an5.133 Dhammarājāsutta A Principled King arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaññeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati bhikkhūsu:
In the same way, monk, a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, a just and principled king, provides just protection and security for the monks, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as his flag, banner, and authority.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaññeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahati bhikkhunīsu …pe… upāsakesu …pe… upāsikāsu:
In the same way, monk, a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, a just and principled king, provides just protection and security for the nuns … laymen … laywomen, relying only on principle—honoring, respecting, and venerating principle, having principle as his flag, banner, and authority.
Sa kho so, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaññeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā bhikkhūsu, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā bhikkhunīsu, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā upāsakesu, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā upāsikāsu dhammeneva anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti;
When a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha has provided just protection and security for the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen, he rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma only in a principled manner.

an5.135 Paṭhamapatthanāsutta Aspiration (1st) ahaṁ arahaṁ 12 0 En Ru

ahaṁ khomhi ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṁsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena.
‘I’m well born on both my mother’s and father’s side, of pure descent, with irrefutable and impeccable genealogy back to the seventh paternal generation.
Ahaṁ khomhi abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato.
I’m attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty.
Ahaṁ khomhi mātāpitūnaṁ piyo manāpo.
I’m dear and beloved to my parents.
Ahaṁ khomhi negamajānapadassa piyo manāpo.
I’m dear and beloved to the people of town and country.
Ahaṁ khomhi yāni tāni raññaṁ khattiyānaṁ muddhāvasittānaṁ sippaṭṭhānāni hatthismiṁ vā assasmiṁ vā rathasmiṁ vā dhanusmiṁ vā tharusmiṁ vā, tattha sikkhito anavayo.
I’m trained and skilled in the arts of anointed aristocratic kings, such as elephant riding, horse riding, driving a chariot, archery, and swordsmanship. tattha → tatthamhi (bj); tatthapi (mr) "
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
ahaṁ khomhi saddho, saddahāmi tathāgatassa bodhiṁ:
‘I am a person of faith; I have faith in the Realized One’s awakening …
“itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā”ti.
an5.135
Ahaṁ khomhi appābādho appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya.
I’m rarely ill or unwell. My stomach digests well, being neither too hot nor too cold, but just right, and fit for meditation.
Ahaṁ khomhi asaṭho amāyāvī yathābhūtaṁ attānaṁ āvikattā satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.
I’m not devious or deceitful. I reveal myself honestly to the Teacher or sensible spiritual companions.
Ahaṁ khomhi āraddhavīriyo viharāmi akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
I live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. I’m strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities.
Ahaṁ khomhi paññavā udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
I’m wise. I have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.

an5.136 Dutiyapatthanāsutta Aspiration (2nd) ahaṁ 10 0 En Ru

ahaṁ khomhi ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṁsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena.
‘I’m well born …
Ahaṁ khomhi abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato.
attractive …
Ahaṁ khomhi mātāpitūnaṁ piyo manāpo.
dear and beloved to my parents …
Ahaṁ khomhi balakāyassa piyo manāpo.
dear and beloved to the armed forces …
Ahaṁ khomhi paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṁ.
I’m astute, competent, and intelligent, able to think issues through as they bear upon the past, future, and present.
ahaṁ khomhi sīlavā, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharāmi ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhāmi sikkhāpadesu.
‘I’m ethical …
Ahaṁ khomhi bahussuto sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpā me dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.
learned … sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ → sātthā sabyañjanā (bj) | dhātā → dhatā (bj, pts1ed) "
Ahaṁ khomhi catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto.
mindful …
Ahaṁ khomhi āraddhavīriyo viharāmi akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
energetic …
Ahaṁ khomhi paññavā udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
wise. I have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.

an5.141 Avajānātisutta Scorn ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ demi;
‘I give;

an5.143 Sārandadasutta At Sārandada arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“ayaṁ so, bhante, bhagavā gacchati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
“Sirs, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is coming.

an5.146 Mittasutta A Friend sampahaṁsetuṁ 2 0 En Ru

Kammantaṁ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.
They start up work projects. They take up disciplinary issues. They conflict with leading mendicants. They like long and aimless wandering. They’re unable to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk. anavatthacārikaṁ → anavatthitacārikaṁ (bj); avatthānacārikaṁ (sya-all) "
Na kammantaṁ kāreti, na adhikaraṇaṁ ādiyati, na pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, na dīghacārikaṁ anavatthacārikaṁ anuyutto viharati, paṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ.
They don’t start up work projects. They don’t take up disciplinary issues. They don’t conflict with leading mendicants. They don’t like long and aimless wandering. They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire you from time to time with a Dhamma talk.

an5.165 Pañhapucchāsutta Asking Questions ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho panāvuso, evaṁcitto paraṁ pañhaṁ pucchāmi:
As for myself, I ask with the thought,

an5.179 Gihisutta A Layperson arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an5.180 Gavesīsutta About Gavesī arahaṁ ahaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Taṁ kho panānanda, nagaraṁ kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi.
And Kassapa, a blessed one, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, lived supported by that city.
ahaṁ kho imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upāsakasatānaṁ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā, ahañcamhi sīlesu aparipūrakārī, imāni ca pañca upāsakasatāni sīlesu aparipūrakārino.
‘I’m the helper, leader, and adviser of these five hundred lay followers, yet neither I nor they have fulfilled the precepts. bahūpakāro → bahukāro (katthaci) | samādapetā → samādāpetā (?)
ahaṁ kho imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upāsakasatānaṁ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā, ahañcamhi sīlesu paripūrakārī, imānipi pañca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino.
‘I’m the helper, leader, and adviser of these five hundred lay followers, and both I and they have fulfilled the precepts.
ahaṁ kho imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upāsakasatānaṁ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā.
‘These five hundred lay followers … bahūpakāro → bahupakāro (bj)
ahaṁ kho imesaṁ pañcannaṁ upāsakasatānaṁ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā.
‘These five hundred lay followers …
Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then the lay follower Gavesī went up to the blessed one Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha and said to him:
Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pañca upāsakasatāni yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then those five hundred lay followers went up to the blessed one Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha and said to him:
ahaṁ kho imassa anuttarassa vimuttisukhassa nikāmalābhī homi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
‘I get the supreme bliss of freedom whenever I want, without trouble or difficulty.

an5.192 Doṇabrāhmaṇasutta With the Brahmin Doṇa ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Sādhu me bhavaṁ gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā ahaṁ ime pañca brāhmaṇe jāneyyan”ti.
Master Gotama, please teach me this matter so I can learn about these five brahmins.”

an5.196 Mahāsupinasutta The Great Dreams arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno mahato mīḷhapabbatassa uparūpari caṅkamati alippamāno mīḷhena.
Next, he walked back and forth on top of a huge mountain of filth while remaining unsoiled.
Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno mahato mīḷhapabbatassa uparūpari caṅkamati alippamāno mīḷhena;
As to when he walked back and forth on top of a huge mountain of filth while remaining unsoiled.

an5.233 Sobhanasutta Beautification sampahaṁsetuṁ 1 0 En Ru

paṭibalo hoti upasaṅkamante dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ;
They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire those who approach them with a Dhamma talk.

an6.10 Mahānāmasutta With Mahānāma arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an6.16 Nakulapitusutta Nakula’s Father sakkomahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Sakkomahaṁ, gahapati, tavaccayena dārake posetuṁ, gharāvāsaṁ santharituṁ.
I’m able to provide for the children and keep up the household carpets.
Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā sīlesu paripūrakāriniyo, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā.
I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who fulfills their ethics.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu.
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā lābhiniyo ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā.
I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has internal serenity of heart.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu.
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ogādhappattā patigādhappattā assāsappattā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane viharanti, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā.
I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has gained a basis, a firm basis, and solace in this teaching and training. I have gone beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and gained assurance. And I am independent of others in the Teacher’s instructions.
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu.
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.

an6.17 Soppasutta Sleep kahaṁ 11 0 En Ru

“Kahaṁ nu kho, bhikkhave, sāriputto?
“Mendicants, where is Sāriputta?
Kahaṁ mahāmoggallāno?
Where are Mahāmoggallāna,
Kahaṁ mahākassapo?
Mahākassapa,
Kahaṁ mahākaccāno?
Mahākaccāna,
Kahaṁ mahākoṭṭhiko?
Mahākoṭṭhita,
Kahaṁ mahācundo?
Mahācunda,
Kahaṁ mahākappino?
Mahākappina,
Kahaṁ anuruddho?
Anuruddha,
Kahaṁ revato?
Revata,
Kahaṁ ānando?
and Ānanda?
Kahaṁ nu kho te, bhikkhave, therā sāvakā gatā”ti?
Where have these senior disciples gone?”

an6.19 Paṭhamamaraṇassatisutta Mindfulness of Death (1st) ahaṁ 7 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
“Sir, I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

an6.27 Paṭhamasamayasutta Proper Occasions (1st) ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, āvuso, kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
‘My heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and I don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen.
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
an6.27
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
an6.27
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
an6.27
ahaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
an6.27
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti, taṁ nimittaṁ nappajānāmi.
‘I don’t understand what kind of meditation to focus on in order to end the defilements in the present life.

an6.28 Dutiyasamayasutta Proper Occasions (2nd) ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, āvuso, kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
“My heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and I don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen.
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti taṁ nimittaṁ na jānāmi na passāmi.
“I don’t understand what kind of meditation to focus on in order to end the defilements in the present life.

an6.29 Udāyīsutta With Udāyī suṇomahaṁ ahaṁ 2 3 En Ru

“Suṇomahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato.
“Reverend Ānanda, I hear the Buddha.
“aññāsiṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda:
“Ānanda, I know that

an6.42 Nāgitasutta With Nāgita arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno …pe… buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an6.43 Nāgasutta The Giant tamahaṁ vijahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Api ca, udāyi, yo sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya āguṁ na karoti kāyena vācāya manasā, tamahaṁ ‘nāgo’ti brūmī”ti.
But Udāyī, one who does nothing monstrous by way of body, speech, and mind is who I call a ‘giant’ in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.”
api ca, udāyi, yo sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya āguṁ na karoti kāyena vācāya manasā, tamahaṁ ‘nāgo’ti brūmīti.
‘But Udāyī, one who does nothing monstrous by way of body, speech, and mind is who I call a “giant” in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.’
Sarīraṁ vijahaṁ nāgo,
the giant, giving up his body,

an6.44 Migasālāsutta With Migasālā ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, migasālaṁ upāsikaṁ etadavocaṁ:
an6.44
Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ, yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.
Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ, yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.

an6.49 Khemasutta With Khema arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto tassa na evaṁ hoti:
“Sir, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—does not think:
“yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto tassa na evaṁ hoti:
“Sir, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—does not think:

an6.54 Dhammikasutta About Dhammika kahaṁ rājagahaṁ ahaṁ ṭhassāmahaṁ tiṭṭheyyāmahaṁ 7 2 En Ru

Kahaṁ nu kho dāni gacchāmī”ti?
Where am I to go now?”
Atha kho āyasmā dhammiko pattacīvaramādāya yena rājagahaṁ tena pakkāmi.
Then Venerable Dhammika took his bowl and robe and set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:
Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
“Pabbājito ahaṁ, bhante, jātibhūmakehi upāsakehi sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti.
“Sir, I’ve been banished by the local lay followers from all seven monasteries in my native land.”
‘Ṭhassāmahaṁ, mārisa, rukkhadhamme, hotu me bhavanaṁ yathāpure’ti.
‘I will stand by a tree’s duty! May my home be as it was before!’ Ṭhassāmahaṁ → tiṭṭheyyāmahaṁ (sya-all)

an6.55 Soṇasutta With Soṇa ahaṁ arahaṁ 3 3 En Ru

“ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro.
“I am one of the Buddha’s most energetic disciples.
‘ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro.
‘I am one of the Buddha’s most energetic disciples.
“Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so cha ṭhānāni adhimutto hoti—
“Sir, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—is dedicated to six things.

an6.56 Phaggunasutta With Phagguna sampahaṁsetvā 1 4 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Venerable Phagguna with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.

an6.57 Chaḷabhijātisutta The Six Classes of Rebirth ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho panānanda, chaḷabhijātiyo paññāpemi.
I, however, also describe six classes of rebirth.

an6.62 Purisindriyañāṇasutta Knowledge of the Faculties of Persons ahaṁ 9 11 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ:
an6.62
Yato ca kho ahaṁ, ānanda, devadattassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattampi sukkadhammaṁ na addasaṁ;
But when I saw that there was not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness in Devadatta
Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, yato devadattassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattampi sukkadhammaṁ na addasaṁ;
In the same way, when I saw that there was not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness in Devadatta
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
“In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand …
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
“In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand …
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
“In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand …
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
“In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand …
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
“In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand …
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
“In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand …

an6.69 Devatāsutta A God ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”

an6.74 Dutiyatajjhānasutta First Absorption (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Anāgāmi arahaṁ mittā,
an6.74

an6.85 Sītibhāvasutta Coolness sampahaṁsitabbaṁ sampahaṁseti 4 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ niggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na niggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ paggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na paggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ sampahaṁsitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na sampahaṁseti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ ajjhupekkhitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na ajjhupekkhati, hīnādhimuttiko ca hoti, sakkāyābhirato ca.
It’s when a mendicant doesn’t keep their mind in check when they should. They don’t exert their mind when they should. They don’t encourage the mind when they should. They don’t watch over the mind with equanimity when they should. They have bad convictions. They delight in substantial reality.
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ niggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ niggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ paggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ paggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ sampahaṁsitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ sampahaṁseti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ ajjhupekkhitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ ajjhupekkhati, paṇītādhimuttiko ca hoti nibbānābhirato ca.
It’s when a mendicant keeps their mind in check when they should. They exert their mind when they should. They encourage the mind when they should. They watch over the mind with equanimity when they should. They have excellent convictions. They delight in extinguishment.

an6.87 Voropitasutta A Murderer arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo.
They murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re witless, dull, and stupid. arahaṁ → arahā (sya-all, km, pts1ed); arahanto (mr) "
Na mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, na pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, na arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, na tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, na saṅgho bhinno hoti, paññavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo.
They don’t murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They don’t maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They don’t cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re wise, bright, and clever.

an6.104 Atammayasutta Non-identification ahaṅkārā 1 0 En Ru

Sabbaloke ca atammayo bhavissāmi, ahaṅkārā ca me uparujjhissanti, mamaṅkārā ca me uparujjhissanti, asādhāraṇena ca ñāṇena samannāgato bhavissāmi, hetu ca me sudiṭṭho bhavissati, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā.
‘I will be without identification in the whole world.’ ‘My egoism will stop.’ ‘My possessiveness will stop.’ ‘I will have unshared knowledge.’ ‘I will clearly see causes and the phenomena that arise from causes.’

an7.4 Vitthatabalasutta Powers in Detail arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an7.6 Vitthatadhanasutta Wealth in Detail arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… buddho bhagavā’ti.
an7.6

an7.22 Vassakārasutta With Vassakāra ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti.
“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” ucchecchāmi → ucchejjissāmi (sya-all, pts1ed); ucchijjissāmi (mr) | anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti → āpādessāmi vajjīti (mr)
ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’ti.
“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!”’
ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’”ti.
‘I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!’”

an7.35 Dutiyasovacassatāsutta Easy to Admonish (2nd) ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”

an7.45 Samādhiparikkhārasutta Prerequisites for Immersion sattahaṅgehi 1 0 En Ru

Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipī”ti.
Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is what is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and also ‘with its prerequisites’.” " sammāsamādhi → samādhi (sya-all) "

an7.49 Dutiyasaññāsutta Perceptions in Detail ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ 3 8 En Ru

Dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttaṁ.
When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of not-self in suffering, their mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli. It has gone beyond discrimination, and is peaceful and well freed.
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu na ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttaṁ.
If a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of not-self in suffering, but their mind is not rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; nor has it gone beyond discrimination, and is not peaceful or well freed,
Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttaṁ.
But if a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of not-self in suffering, and their mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and it has gone beyond discrimination, and is peaceful and well freed,

an7.52 Dānamahapphalasutta A Very Fruitful Gift ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

api ca kho ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti …pe….
They give a gift thinking, ‘I cook, they don’t. It wouldn’t be right for me to not give to them.’ …
Napi ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti;
an7.52
napi ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti;
an7.52

an7.53 Nandamātāsutta Nanda’s Mother ahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā 3 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ te, bhagini, bhātā vessavaṇo, mahārājā”ti.
“Sister, I am your brother Vessavaṇa, the great king.”
Ahaṁ te, bhagini, bhātā vessavaṇo, mahārājā’ti.
‘Sister, I am your brother Vessavaṇa, the great king.’
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
Then Venerable Sāriputta educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Nanda’s Mother with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.

an7.57 Sīhasenāpatisutta General Sīha ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, maṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ anukampantā anukampanti.
I’m a giver, a donor, and the perfected ones show compassion for me first.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, maṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkamanti.
I’m a giver, and the perfected ones approach me first.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, mayhaṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇhanti.
I’m a giver, and the perfected ones receive alms from me first.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, mayhaṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ desentā desenti.
I’m a giver, and the perfected ones teach me Dhamma first.
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, mayhaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:
I’m a giver, and I have this good reputation:
Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati yaṁyadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamāmi, yadi khattiyaparisaṁ …pe… yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkamāmi amaṅkubhūto.
I’m a giver, I enter any kind of assembly bold and assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.

an7.58 Arakkheyyasutta Nothing to Hide etamahaṁ etampahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. Etamahaṁ → etampahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) "
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.

an7.61 Pacalāyamānasutta Nodding Off ahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Nāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi.
Moggallāna, I don’t praise all kinds of closeness. Nāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi → nāhaṁ moggalāna sabbeheva samaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi gahaṭṭhehi pabbajitehi kho ahaṁ moggallāna samaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi (mr)
Sagahaṭṭhapabbajitehi kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi.
I don’t praise closeness with laypeople and renunciates.

an7.63 Bhariyāsutta Kinds of Wives ahaṁ adhiṭṭhahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha has said in brief. ahaṁ → nāhaṁ (sya-all)
Sippaṁ vaṇijjañca kasiṁ adhiṭṭhahaṁ;
by applying oneself to a profession, trade, or farming.

an7.70 Sakkaccasutta Honor ahaṁ 2 2 En Ru

“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”

an7.83 Satthusāsanasutta The Teacher’s Instructions yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

an8.11 Verañjasutta At Verañjā yamahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ 5 2 En Ru

“Nāhaṁ taṁ, brāhmaṇa, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yamahaṁ abhivādeyyaṁ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṁ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṁ.
“Brahmin, I don’t see anyone in this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—for whom I should bow down or rise up or offer a seat.
Yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi.
I say that a mortifier is someone who has given up unskillful qualities that should be mortified. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future.
Yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, āyatiṁ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘apagabbho’ti vadāmi.
I say that an abortionist is someone who has given up future wombs and rebirth into a new state of existence. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future.
“Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, avijjāgatāya pajāya aṇḍabhūtāya pariyonaddhāya avijjaṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā ekova loke anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho.
“In the same way, in this population lost in ignorance, trapped in their shells, I alone have broken open the egg of ignorance and realized the supreme perfect awakening.
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi;
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.

an8.12 Sīhasutta With Sīha arahaṁ icchāmahaṁ tamahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā 8 1 En Ru

“nissaṁsayaṁ kho so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti.
“That Blessed One must without a doubt be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. For several very prominent Licchavis are praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways.
“icchāmahaṁ, bhante, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.
“Sir, I’d like to go to see the ascetic Gotama.”
“nissaṁsayaṁ kho so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa …pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti.
an8.12
“icchāmahaṁ, bhante, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.
an8.12
“nissaṁsayaṁ kho so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti.
“That Blessed One must without a doubt be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. For several very prominent Licchavis are praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways.
Yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi.
I say that a mortifier is someone who has given up unskillful qualities that should be mortified. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future.
Yassa kho, sīha, āyatiṁ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘apagabbho’ti vadāmi.
I say that an abortionist is someone who has given up future wombs and rebirth into a new state of existence. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left. "

an8.21 Paṭhamauggasutta With Ugga of Vesālī ahaṁ katamehipahaṁ 8 1 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, jānāmi:
“Sir, I don’t know
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṁ payirupāsiṁ.
With confident heart I paid homage to the Buddha.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane
I saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. I went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions.
Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ purisaṁ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṁ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṁ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṁ.
Then I summoned that man. Taking my wife with my left hand and a ceremonial vase with my right, I presented her to that man with the pouring of water.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, tā devatā evaṁ vadāmi:
When they say this I say to them:
‘maṁ vā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti.
the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them.
Na ca kho ahaṁ jānāmi—
But I don’t know
katamehi cāhaṁ aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti.
what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.” katamehi cāhaṁ → katamehipahaṁ (bj); katamehi pāhaṁ (pts1ed); katamehipāhaṁ (mr) "

an8.22 Dutiyauggasutta With Ugga of Elephant Village ahaṁ 7 1 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, jānāmi:
“Sir, I don’t know
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṁ payirupāsiṁ.
With confident heart I paid homage to the Buddha.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane tattheva buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṁ agamāsiṁ, brahmacariyapañcamāni ca sikkhāpadāni samādiyiṁ.
I saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. I went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. Right there I went for refuge to the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha. And I undertook the five training rules with celibacy as the fifth.
Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ purisaṁ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṁ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṁ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṁ.
Then I summoned that man. Taking my wife with my left hand and a ceremonial vase with my right, I presented her to that man with the pouring of water.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, tā devatā evaṁ vademi:
When they say this I say to them:
‘maṁ tā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti.
the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them.
Na ca kho ahaṁ jānāmi:
But I don’t know

an8.23 Paṭhamahatthakasutta With Hatthaka (1st) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ etadavacaṁ:
an8.23

an8.24 Dutiyahatthakasutta With Hatthaka (2nd) ahaṁ sampahaṁsito 2 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ, bhante, yaṁ jānāmi:
When I know that a person
Atha kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Hatthaka of Āḷavī with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.

an8.29 Akkhaṇasutta Lost Opportunities arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito;
Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke anuppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
Furthermore, a Realized One has not arisen in the world …
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One has arisen in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

an8.31 Paṭhamadānasutta Giving (1st) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti; nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti,
Or they give thinking, ‘I cook, they don’t. It wouldn’t be right for me to not give to them.’

an8.49 Paṭhamaidhalokikasutta Winning in This Life (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an8.51 Gotamīsutta With Gotamī ahaṁ 1 5 En Ru

evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante ānanda, ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāmi yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīye”ti.
In the same way, sir, I accept these eight principles of respect as not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.”

an8.52 Ovādasutta An Adviser for Nuns sampahaṁsetuṁ 1 0 En Ru

paṭibalo hoti bhikkhunisaṅghassa dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ;
They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the community of nuns.

an8.53 Saṅkhittasutta Brief Advice to Gotamī yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā ekā vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpinī pahitattā vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

an8.62 Alaṁsutta Good Enough sampahaṁsako 6 0 En Ru

sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. samādapako → samādāpako (?) "
sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.
no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.
no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.
sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.
sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.

an8.63 Saṅkhittasutta A Teaching in Brief yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

an8.64 Gayāsīsasutta At Gayā Head ahaṁ 8 0 En Ru

‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ;
‘What if I were to both perceive light and see forms?
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi;
So after some time, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, I perceived light and saw visions.
‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ;
‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion?
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi;
So after some time … I perceived light and saw visions. And I associated with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion.
‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ:
‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion;
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi:
So after some time … I perceived light and saw visions. And I associated with those deities … And I found out which orders of gods those deities came from.
‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ:
‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion;
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi:
So after some time …

an8.69 Parisāsutta Assemblies sampahaṁsemi sampahaṁsetvā 4 0 En Ru

Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.
I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.
And when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished.
Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.
I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.
And when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished.

an8.70 Bhūmicālasutta Earthquakes salomahaṁso 3 0 En Ru

Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.
sumahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
That was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky!
sumahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
That was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky!

an8.73 Paṭhamamaraṇassatisutta Mindfulness of Death (1st) ahaṁ 9 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
“Sir, I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.
That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

an8.78 Alaṁsutta Good Enough sampahaṁsako 2 0 En Ru

sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.
sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions.

an8.80 Kusītārambhavatthusutta Grounds for Laziness and Arousing Energy ahaṁ 10 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ. Kammaṁ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve done some work. But while working my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ. Maggaṁ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve gone on a journey. But while walking my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is tired and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño māsācitaṁ maññe. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is heavy, unfit for work, like I’ve just eaten a load of beans. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. My body is weak and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ. Kammaṁ kho panāhaṁ karonto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti.
‘I’ve done some work. While I was working I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’
ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ. Maggaṁ kho panāhaṁ gacchanto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve gone on a journey. While I was walking I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ …
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is light and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ …
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is strong and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ …
ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya. Handāhaṁ paṭikacceva vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti.
‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. It’s possible the illness will come back. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’

an8.84 Corasutta A Master Thief aṭṭhahaṅgehi 2 0 En Ru

Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro khippaṁ pariyāpajjati, na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti.
A master thief with these eight factors is soon executed, and doesn’t have long to live.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro na khippaṁ pariyāpajjati, ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti.
A master thief with these eight factors is not soon executed, and lives long.” "

an8.86 Yasasutta With Nāgita arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …

an8.87 Pattanikujjanasutta Turning the Bowl Upside Down aṭṭhahaṅgehi 2 0 En Ru

Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṁ nikkujjeyya.
The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, turn the bowl upside down for a lay follower on these eight grounds.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṁ ukkujjeyyā”ti.
The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, turn the bowl upright for a lay follower on these eight grounds.” "

an9.3 Meghiyasutta With Meghiya icchāmahaṁ ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“icchāmahaṁ, bhante, jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisitun”ti.
“Sir, I’d like to enter Jantu village for alms.” jantugāmaṁ → jatugāmaṁ (bj-a, sya-a); jattugāmaṁ (mr aṭṭhakathāyampi pāṭhantaraṁ)
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ.
an9.3

an9.4 Nandakasutta With Nandaka sampahaṁseti 1 2 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nandako upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time Venerable Nandaka was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk.

an9.7 Sutavāsutta With Sutavā the Wanderer arahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

‘yo so, sutavā, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ—
‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects. sutavā → sutava (sya-all)
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ—
‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects.
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’”ti.
‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in these nine respects.’” "

an9.8 Sajjhasutta With the Wanderer Sajjha arahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

‘yo so, sajjha, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ—
‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects.
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ—
‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects.
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’”ti.
‘A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in these nine respects.’” "

an9.11 Sīhanādasutta Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar icchāmahaṁ ahaṁ khamāmahaṁ 12 9 En Ru

Icchāmahaṁ, bhante, janapadacārikaṁ pakkamitun”ti.
I wish to depart to wander the countryside.”
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, pathavīsamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like the earth, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, āposamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like water, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tejosamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like fire, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, vāyosamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like the wind, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, rajoharaṇasamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like a rag, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, caṇḍālakumārakacaṇḍālakumārikāsamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like an outcaste boy or girl, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, usabhachinnavisāṇasamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like a bull with horns cut, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, iminā pūtikāyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi.
In the same way, I’m horrified, repelled, and disgusted by this rotten body.
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, imaṁ kāyaṁ pariharāmi chiddāvachiddaṁ uggharantaṁ paggharantaṁ.
In the same way, I carry around this body that’s leaking and oozing from holes and cracks.
“accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yo ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhiṁ.
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to speak ill of Venerable Sāriputta with a false, hollow, lying, untruthful claim.
“Khamāmahaṁ, bhante, tassa āyasmato sace maṁ so āyasmā evamāha:
“I will pardon that venerable if he asks me:

an9.12 Saupādisesasutta With Something Left Over ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodiṁ.
an9.12
Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ.
an9.12

an9.17 Kulasutta Families navahaṅgehi 2 0 En Ru

Imehi kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā nālaṁ upagantuṁ upagantvā vā nālaṁ nisīdituṁ.
Visiting a family with these nine factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā alaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā alaṁ nisīditun”ti.
Visiting a family with these nine factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile.” "

an9.18 Navaṅguposathasutta The Sabbath with Nine Factors navahaṅgehi 2 0 En Ru

Kathaṁ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro?
And how should it be observed?
Evaṁ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro”ti.
The observance of the sabbath with its nine factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and splendid and bountiful.” "

an9.20 Velāmasutta About Velāma ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ tena samayena velāmo brāhmaṇo ahosiṁ.
I myself was the brahmin Velāma at that time.
Ahaṁ taṁ dānaṁ adāsiṁ mahādānaṁ.
I gave that gift, a great offering.

an9.23 Taṇhāmūlakasutta Rooted in Craving pariggahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Taṇhaṁ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṁ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṁ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṁ paṭicca chandarāgo, chandarāgaṁ paṭicca ajjhosānaṁ, ajjhosānaṁ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṁ paṭicca macchariyaṁ, macchariyaṁ paṭicca ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṁ daṇḍādānaṁ satthādānaṁ kalahaviggahavivādatuvaṁtuvaṁpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti.
Craving is a cause of seeking. Seeking is a cause of gaining material possessions. Gaining material possessions is a cause of evaluation. Evaluation is a cause of desire and lust. Desire and lust is a cause of attachment. Attachment is a cause of ownership. Ownership is a cause of stinginess. Stinginess is a cause of safeguarding. Owing to safeguarding, many bad, unskillful things come to be: taking up the rod and the sword, quarrels, arguments, and fights, accusations, divisive speech, and lies.

an9.27 Paṭhamaverasutta Dangers and Threats (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an9.38 Lokāyatikasutta Brahmin Cosmologists ahaṁ 4 3 En Ru

ahaṁ anantena ñāṇena anantaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharāmī’ti.
‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the world is infinite.’
ahaṁ anantena ñāṇena anantaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharāmī’ti.
‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the world is finite.’
ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’
ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’

an9.40 Nāgasutta The Simile of the Bull Elephant in the Forest ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi.
‘These days I live crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs.
ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.
‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches. ogāhā → ettha pisaddo sabbatthapi, parimajjitvā → parimadditvā (bj, pts1ed) | soṇḍaṁ saṁharati → kaṇḍuṁ saṁhanti (bj, pts1ed); kaṇḍuṁ saṁhanati (sya-all)
ahaṁ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi.
‘These days I live crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples.

an9.41 Tapussasutta With the Householder Tapussa ahaṁ 28 8 En Ru

‘sace kho ahaṁ kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ,
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of renunciation, I were to develop that. bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ → bahulīkareyyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena kāmesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of sensual pleasures and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of renunciation and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
‘sace kho ahaṁ vitakkesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, avitakke ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me avitakke cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of placing the mind, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of not placing the mind, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be secure in not placing the mind; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena vitakkesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, avitakke ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of placing the mind and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of not placing the mind and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled … I entered and remained in the second absorption.
‘sace kho ahaṁ pītiyā ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nippītike ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me nippītike cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of rapture, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of freedom from rapture, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be secure in being free from rapture; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena pītiyā ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, nippītike ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of rapture and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of freedom from rapture and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, with the fading away of rapture … I entered and remained in the third absorption.
‘sace kho ahaṁ upekkhāsukhe ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, adukkhamasukhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me adukkhamasukhe cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of bliss with equanimity, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of being without pleasure and pain, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be secure in being without pleasure and pain; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena upekkhāsukhe ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ adukkhamasukhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of bliss with equanimity and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of being without pleasure and pain and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, giving up pleasure and pain … I entered and remained in the fourth absorption.
‘sace kho ahaṁ rūpesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, ākāsānañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of forms, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of infinite space, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would become secure in the dimension of infinite space; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena rūpesu ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, ākāsānañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of forms and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite space and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite space.
‘sace kho ahaṁ ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, viññāṇañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would become secure in the dimension of infinite consciousness; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, viññāṇañcāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, I entered and remained in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
‘sace kho ahaṁ viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, ākiñcaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of nothingness, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would become secure in the dimension of nothingness; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, ākiñcaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of nothingness and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, I entered and remained in the dimension of nothingness.
‘sace kho ahaṁ ākiñcaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would become secure in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena ākiñcaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, I entered and remained in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
‘sace kho ahaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulaṁ kareyyaṁ, saññāvedayitanirodhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṁ, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṁ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṁ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would become secure in the cessation of perception and feeling; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, aparena samayena nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ādīnavaṁ disvā taṁ bahulamakāsiṁ, saññāvedayitanirodhe ānisaṁsaṁ adhigamma tamāseviṁ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling and developed that.
So kho ahaṁ, ānanda, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharāmi, paññāya ca me disvā āsavā parikkhayaṁ agamaṁsu.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I entered and remained in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, my defilements were ended.
Yato ca kho ahaṁ, ānanda, imā nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo evaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ samāpajjimpi vuṭṭhahimpi, athāhaṁ, ānanda, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.
But when I had entered into and withdrawn from these nine progressive meditative attainments in both forward and reverse order, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.

an10.15 Appamādasutta Diligence arahaṁ 1 9 En Ru

“Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
“Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.

an10.16 Āhuneyyasutta Worthy of Offerings Dedicated to the Gods arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, paccekabuddho, ubhatobhāgavimutto, paññāvimutto, kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto, saddhānusārī, dhammānusārī, gotrabhū—
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; one freed both ways; one freed by wisdom; a personal witness; one attained to view; one freed by faith; a follower by faith; a follower of teachings; a member of the spiritual family.

an10.22 Adhivuttipadasutta Hypotheses ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Ye te, ānanda, dhammā tesaṁ tesaṁ adhivuttipadānaṁ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya saṁvattanti, visārado ahaṁ, ānanda, tattha paṭijānāmi.
“Ānanda, I claim to be assured regarding the teachings that lead to realizing by insight the various different hypotheses. adhivuttipadānaṁ → adhimuttipadānaṁ (sya-all, pts1ed, mr) "

an10.28 Dutiyamahāpañhāsutta The Great Questions (2nd) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

dasa pañhā dasuddesā dasa veyyākaraṇānī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
an10.28

an10.30 Dutiyakosalasutta Kosala (2nd) kahaṁ arahaṁ ahaṁ 13 0 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
“Sirs, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?
“Kataññutaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, kataveditaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
“Sir, it’s because of my gratitude and thanks for the Buddha that I demonstrate such utmost devotion, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatāya kusaladhammatāya, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is a reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā sīlavā vuddhasīlo ariyasīlo kusalasīlo kusalasīlena samannāgato, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā dīgharattaṁ āraññiko, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.

an10.48 Pabbajitaabhiṇhasutta Ten Regular Reflections for a Renunciate ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘Kacci nu kho ahaṁ suññāgāre abhiramāmī’ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ.
‘Do I love to stay in empty huts?’

an10.53 Ṭhitisutta Stagnation ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Vuḍḍhiñca kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, vaṇṇayāmi kusalesu dhammesu, no ṭhitiṁ no hāniṁ.
I praise growth in skillful qualities, not stagnation or decline.

an10.60 Girimānandasutta With Girimānanda samādahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

samādahaṁ cittaṁ …pe…
They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe in immersing the mind in samādhi.’ They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe out immersing the mind in samādhi.’

an10.61 Avijjāsutta Ignorance avijjampahaṁ pañcapahaṁ pahaṁ tīṇipahaṁ indriyāsaṁvarampahaṁ 5 2 En Ru

Avijjampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ.
I say that ignorance is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. Avijjampāhaṁ → avijjampahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Pañcapāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇe sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre.
I say that the five hindrances are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. Pañcapāhaṁ → pañcapahaṁ (bj, sya-all); pañca pahaṁ (pts1ed)
Tīṇipāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duccaritāni sāhārāni vadāmi, no anāhārāni.
I say that the three kinds of misconduct are fueled by something, they’re not unfueled. Tīṇipāhaṁ → tīṇipahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Indriyaasaṁvarampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṁ vadāmi, no anāhāraṁ.
I say that lack of sense restraint is fueled by something, it’s not unfueled. Indriyaasaṁvarampāhaṁ → indriyāsaṁvarampahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)

an10.67 Paṭhamanaḷakapānasutta At Naḷakapāna (1st) sampahaṁsetvā tamahaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk. Then he looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta:
tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti.
I’ll stretch it.”

an10.68 Dutiyanaḷakapānasutta At Naḷakapāna (2nd) sampahaṁsetvā tamahaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk. Then he looked around the Saṅgha of mendicants, who were so very silent. He addressed Venerable Sāriputta,
tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti.
I’ll stretch it.”

an10.72 Kaṇṭakasutta Thorns kahaṁ 7 0 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho, bhikkhave, cālo, kahaṁ upacālo, kahaṁ kukkuṭo, kahaṁ kaḷimbho, kahaṁ nikaṭo, kahaṁ kaṭissaho;
“Mendicants, where are Cāla, Upacāla, Kakkaṭa, Kaṭimbha, Kaṭa, and Kaṭissaṅga?
kahaṁ nu kho te, bhikkhave, therā sāvakā gatā”ti?
Where have these senior disciples gone?”

an10.75 Migasālāsutta With Migasālā ahaṁ 7 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, migasālaṁ upāsikaṁ etadavocaṁ:
an10.75
Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people. Ahaṁ vā, ānanda → ahamvānanda (bj); ahañcānanda (sya-all, mr) "
ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.
ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.
ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.
Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ yo vā panassa mādiso.
I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.

an10.76 Tayodhammasutta Three Things arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā loke na saṁvijjeyyuṁ, na tathāgato loke uppajjeyya arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, na tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo loke dibbeyya.
“Mendicants, if three things were not found, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha would not arise in the world, and the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One would not shine in the world.
ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā loke na saṁvijjeyyuṁ, na tathāgato loke uppajjeyya arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, na tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo loke dibbeyya.
If these three things were not found, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha would not arise in the world, and the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One would not shine in the world.
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, ime tayo dhammā loke saṁvijjanti tasmā tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, tasmā tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo loke dibbati.
But since these three things are found, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha arises in the world, and the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One shines in the world.

an10.83 Puṇṇiyasutta With Puṇṇiya sampahaṁsako 2 0 En Ru

kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ, neva tāva tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti.
They’re a good speaker, but they don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. The Realized One doesn’t feel inspired to teach.
Yato ca kho, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca, payirupāsitā ca, paripucchitā ca, ohitasoto ca dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhāreti, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti, kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ—
But when a mendicant has faith, approaches, pays homage, asks questions, actively listens, remembers the teachings, reflects on the meaning, practices accordingly, has a good voice, and encourages their spiritual companions,

an10.85 Katthīsutta A Boaster ahaṁ 22 1 En Ru

ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipī’ti.
‘I enter and emerge from the first absorption, the second absorption, the third absorption, and the fourth absorption. And I enter and emerge from the dimensions of infinite space, infinite consciousness, nothingness, and neither perception nor non-perception. And I enter and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling.’
ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi …pe…
“I enter and emerge from the first absorption …
ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipī’ti.
and the cessation of perception and feeling.”’
ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipi, ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipī’ti.
‘I enter and emerge from the first absorption … and the cessation of perception and feeling.’
ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmipi …pe…
“I enter and emerge from the first absorption …
ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmipi vuṭṭhahāmipī’ti.
and the cessation of perception and feeling.”’

an10.89 Kokālikasutta With Kokālika ahaṁ 1 10 En Ru

Ahaṁ turū paccekabrahmā”ti.
“I am Tudu the independent brahmā.”

an10.93 Kiṁdiṭṭhikasutta What Is Your View? ahaṁ sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito 11 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sabbaṁ diṭṭhiṁ jānāmī”ti.
“Sirs, I don’t know all his views.”
“Bhikkhūnampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, na sabbaṁ diṭṭhiṁ jānāmī”ti.
“Sirs, I don’t know all the mendicants’ views.”
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, gahapatī”ti.
That’s my view, householder.”
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, gahapatī”ti.
That’s my view, householder.”
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, gahapatī”ti.
That’s my view, householder.”
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, gahapatī’ti,
That’s my view, householder.’
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, gahapatī’ti,
That’s my view, householder.’
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, gahapatī’ti,
That’s my view, householder.’
evaṁdiṭṭhiko ahaṁ, bhante”ti.
That’s my view, sirs.”
Atha kho bhagavā anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the householder Anāthapiṇḍika with a Dhamma talk,
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
after which Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.

an10.94 Vajjiyamāhitasutta With Vajjiyamāhita sampahaṁsito 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
After Vajjiyamāhita had been educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired with a Dhamma talk by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.

an10.95 Uttiyasutta With Uttiya ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

“Abhiññāya kho ahaṁ, uttiya, sāvakānaṁ dhammaṁ desemi sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.
“Uttiya, I teach my disciples from my own insight in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to end the cycle of suffering, and to realize extinguishment.”

an10.96 Kokanudasutta With Kokanada ahaṁ jānāmahaṁ tamahaṁ 15 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, reverend.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, reverend.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, reverend.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na jānāmi na passāmi.
“That’s not so, reverend.
Jānāmahaṁ, āvuso, passāmī”ti.
I do know and see.”
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
an10.96
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
an10.96
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
an10.96
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na jānāmi na passāmi.
you say, ‘That’s not so, reverend.
Jānāmahaṁ, āvuso, passāmī’ti vadesi.
I do know and see.’
Yāvatā, āvuso, diṭṭhi yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhiadhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamugghāto, tamahaṁ jānāmi tamahaṁ passāmi.
I know and see the scope of convictions, the scope of grounds for views, fixation on views, obsession with views, the origin of views, and the uprooting of views. diṭṭhi → diṭṭhigatā (sabbattha) | yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhiadhiṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamuṭṭhānaṁ diṭṭhisamugghāto → yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhānā adhiṭṭhānaṁ pariyuṭṭhānaṁ samugghāto (sya-all); yāvatā diṭṭhiṭṭhāna adhiṭṭhāna pariyuṭṭhāna samuṭṭhāna samugghāto (pts1ed) "
Tamahaṁ jānanto tamahaṁ passanto kyāhaṁ vakkhāmi:
Knowing and seeing thus, why should I say:
Jānāmahaṁ, āvuso, passāmī”ti.
I do know and see.”

an10.99 Upālisutta With Upāli icchāmahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 4 3 En Ru

“icchāmahaṁ, bhante, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevitun”ti.
“Sir, I wish to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.”
ahaṁ samādhiṁ alabhamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevissāmī’ti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ:
‘Though I don’t have immersion, I’m going to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.’ You can expect that
ahaṁ samādhiṁ alabhamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevissāmī’ti, tassetaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ:
‘Though I don’t have immersion, I’m going to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.’ You can expect that
“Idha kho pana vo, upāli, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
“But then a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. Idha kho pana vo → idaṁ padaṁ sya-all potthakesu natthi; voti nipātamattaṁ (aṭṭha.) "

an10.115 Tatiyaadhammasutta Bad Principles (3rd) ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

tathā paṭipajjitabban’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
and practice accordingly.’ And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.

an10.172 Dutiyaadhammasutta Bad Principles (2nd) ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.

an10.176 Cundasutta With Cunda ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Idha, cunda, ekacco musāvādī hoti. Sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho: ‘ehambho purisa, yaṁ jānāsi taṁ vadehī’ti, so ajānaṁ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṁ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti; apassaṁ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti, passaṁ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti. Iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti.
It’s when a certain person lies. They’re summoned to a council, an assembly, a family meeting, a guild, or to the royal court, and asked to bear witness: ‘Please, mister, say what you know.’ Not knowing, they say ‘I know.’ Knowing, they say ‘I don’t know.’ Not seeing, they say ‘I see.’ And seeing, they say ‘I don’t see.’ So they deliberately lie for the sake of themselves or another, or for some trivial worldly reason. so ajānaṁ vā āha: ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṁ vā āha: ‘na jānāmī’ti; apassaṁ vā āha: ‘passāmī’ti, passaṁ vā āha: ‘na passāmī’ti → so ajānaṁ vā ahaṁ jānāmīti, jānaṁ vā ahaṁ na jānāmīti, apassaṁ vā ahaṁ passāmīti, passaṁ vā ahaṁ na passāmīti (pts1ed, mr)

an10.177 Jāṇussoṇisutta With Jānussoṇi ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Aṭṭhānepi kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parikappaṁ vadāmi.
“I propose this even when the conditions are wrong.

an10.216 Saṁsappanīyasutta Creepy Creatures evamahaṁ ahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Evamahaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘kammadāyādā sattā’ti vadāmi.
This is why I say that sentient beings are heirs to their deeds.
Evamahaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘kammadāyādā sattā’ti vadāmi.
This is why I say that sentient beings are heirs to their deeds.
Evamahaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘kammadāyādā sattā’ti vadāmi.
This is why I say that sentient beings are heirs to their deeds.
Ujugatikassa kho pana ahaṁ, bhikkhave, ujupapattikassa dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—
Someone whose destiny and rebirth is virtuous is reborn in one of two places, I say:
Evamahaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘kammadāyādā sattā’ti vadāmi.
This is why I say that sentient beings are heirs to their deeds.

an10.220 Adhammacariyāsutta Unprincipled Conduct ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what Master Gotama has said in brief.

an11.11 Paṭhamamahānāmasutta With Mahānāma (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an11.13 Nandiyasutta With Nandiya arahaṁ 1 3 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

an11.16 Aṭṭhakanāgarasutta The Man From the City of Aṭṭhaka kahaṁ ahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati?
“Sir, where is Venerable Ānanda now staying?
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, ekaṁ amatadvāraṁ gavesanto sakideva ekādasa amatadvārāni alatthaṁ sevanāya.
In the same way, I was searching for the door to the deathless. And all at once I got to hear of eleven doors to the deathless. ekādasa amatadvārāni → ekādasannaṁ amatadvārānaṁ (sabbattha) "
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, imesaṁ ekādasannaṁ amatadvārānaṁ ekamekenapi amatadvārena sakkuṇissāmi attānaṁ sotthiṁ kātuṁ.
In the same way, I’m able to flee to safety through any one of these eleven doors to the deathless.

dn1 Brahmajālasutta The Divine Net rājagahaṁ ahaṁ imināmahaṁ tamahaṁ udakadahaṁ 20 2 En Ru

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā antarā ca rājagahaṁ antarā ca nāḷandaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.
At one time the Buddha was traveling along the road between Rājagaha and Nāḷandā together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants.
Suppiyopi kho paribbājako antarā ca rājagahaṁ antarā ca nāḷandaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti saddhiṁ antevāsinā brahmadattena māṇavena.
The wanderer Suppiya was also traveling along the same road, together with his pupil, the brahmin student Brahmadatta.
seyyathidaṁ—na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi, kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi, micchā paṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammā paṭipanno, sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te, purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosīti
They say such things as: “You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!” adhiciṇṇaṁ → āciṇṇaṁ (bj); aviciṇṇaṁ (pts1ed)
Imināmahaṁ etaṁ jānāmi:
Because of this I know:
Imināmahaṁ etaṁ jānāmi:
Because of this I know:
Imināmahaṁ etaṁ jānāmi:
Because of this I know:
Imināmahaṁ etaṁ jānāmi:
Because of this I know:
Imināmahaṁ etaṁ jānāmi:
Because of this I know:
Imināmahaṁ etaṁ jānāmi:
Because of this I know:
ahaṁ kho “idaṁ kusalan”ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi, “idaṁ akusalan”ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
‘I don’t truly understand what is skillful and what is unskillful.
ahaṁ kho “idaṁ kusalan”ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi, “idaṁ akusalan”ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
‘I don’t truly understand what is skillful and what is unskillful.
ahaṁ kho “idaṁ kusalan”ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi, “idaṁ akusalan”ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi.
‘I don’t truly understand what is skillful and what is unskillful.
Tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho kevaṭṭo vā kevaṭṭantevāsī vā sukhumacchikena jālena parittaṁ udakadahaṁ otthareyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ye kho keci imasmiṁ udakadahe oḷārikā pāṇā, sabbe te antojālīkatā. Ettha sitāva ummujjamānā ummujjanti; ettha pariyāpannā antojālīkatāva ummujjamānā ummujjantī’ti;
Suppose a deft fisherman or his apprentice were to cast a fine-meshed net over a small pond. They’d think: ‘Any sizable creatures in this pond will be trapped in the net. Wherever they emerge they are caught and trapped in this very net.’ udakadahaṁ → udakarahadaṁ (sya-all)

dn2 Sāmaññaphalasutta The Fruits of the Ascetic Life arahaṁ lomahaṁso kahaṁ puccheyyāmahaṁ abhijānāmahaṁ ahaṁ 28 36 En Ru

“Ayaṁ, deva, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho amhākaṁ ambavane viharati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi.
“Sire, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is staying in my mango grove together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants.
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Atha kho rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa avidūre ambavanassa ahudeva bhayaṁ, ahu chambhitattaṁ, ahu lomahaṁso.
But as he drew near the mango grove, the king became frightened, scared, his hair standing on end.
“kahaṁ pana, samma jīvaka, bhagavā”ti?
“But my dear Jīvaka, where is the Buddha?”
“puccheyyāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kañcideva desaṁ;
“Sir, I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” kañcideva desaṁ → kiñcideva desaṁ lesamattaṁ (sya-all, km, mr)
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, bhante, imaṁ pañhaṁ aññe samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchitā”ti.
“I do, sir.”
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, pūraṇaṁ kassapaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pūraṇassa kassapassa bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ.
So I neither approved nor dismissed that statement of Pūraṇa Kassapa.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, makkhaliṁ gosālaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, makkhalissa gosālassa bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ.
So I neither approved nor dismissed that statement of the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, ajitaṁ kesakambalaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, ajitassa kesakambalassa bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ.
So I neither approved nor dismissed that statement of Ajita of the hair blanket.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, pakudhaṁ kaccāyanaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pakudhassa kaccāyanassa bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ,
So I neither approved nor dismissed that statement of Pakudha Kaccāyana.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ.
So I neither approved nor dismissed that statement of the Jain Ñātika.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahaṁ, bhante, sañcayaṁ belaṭṭhaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, I sat down to one side, and asked him the same question.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, sañcayassa belaṭṭhaputtassa bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ.
So I neither approved nor dismissed that statement of Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta.
Ahaṁ panamhissa dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako.
Whereas I’m his bondservant, his worker. I get up before him and go to bed after him, and am obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely, and gazing up at his face.
Ahaṁ panamhissa kassako gahapatiko karakārako rāsivaḍḍhako.
Whereas I’m a farmer, a householder, a hard worker, someone who builds up their capital.
“idha, mahārāja, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
“Consider when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
Seyyathidaṁ—na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi, kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi, micchā paṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammā paṭipanno, sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te, pure vacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchā vacanīyaṁ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosīti
They say such things as: ‘You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!’
ahaṁ kho pubbe iṇaṁ ādāya kammante payojesiṁ.
dn2
ahaṁ kho pubbe ābādhiko ahosiṁ dukkhito bāḷhagilāno;
dn2
ahaṁ kho pubbe bandhanāgāre baddho ahosiṁ, somhi etarahi tamhā bandhanāgārā mutto sotthinā abbhayena.
dn2
ahaṁ kho pubbe dāso ahosiṁ anattādhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṅgamo.
dn2
ahaṁ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantāraddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjiṁ dubbhikkhaṁ sappaṭibhayaṁ.
dn2
Seyyathāpi, mahārāja, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya. So tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatra evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrāpi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ, evaṁ nisīdiṁ, evaṁ abhāsiṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti.
Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ agacchiṁ → agañchiṁ (sya-all, km); agañciṁ (pts1ed)

dn3 Ambaṭṭhasutta With Ambaṭṭha arahaṁ yamahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ kahaṁ pitāmahaṁ 12 7 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.’
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ bhagavā → bhagavāti (sya-all, km)
“yamahaṁ jānāmi taṁ tvaṁ jānāsi;
“What I know, you know.
yaṁ tvaṁ jānāsi tamahaṁ jānāmī”ti.
And what you know, I know.”
‘itipi so bhagavā, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
dn3
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.
Ahaṁ kho pana, tāta ambaṭṭha, mantānaṁ dātā;
But, dear Ambaṭṭha, I am the one who gives the hymns,
“kahaṁ nu kho, bho, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati?
“Good sirs, where is Master Gotama at present?
Sakyā kho pana, ambaṭṭha, rājānaṁ okkākaṁ pitāmahaṁ dahanti.
But the Sakyans regard King Okkāka as their grandfather.
‘kahaṁ nu kho, bho, etarahi kumārā sammantī’ti?
‘Where, sirs, have the princes settled now?’
“Idha, ambaṭṭha, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
“Ambaṭṭha, it’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
‘yo imāhi catūhi disāhi āgamissati samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā, tamahaṁ yathāsatti yathābalaṁ paṭipūjessāmī’ti.
‘When an ascetic or brahmin comes from the four quarters, I will honor them as best I can.’
Yassa kho pana, ambaṭṭha, mayi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā so maṁ pañhena, ahaṁ veyyākaraṇena sodhissāmī”ti.
Whoever has any doubt or uncertainty about me, let them ask me and I will clear up their doubts with my answer.”

dn4 Soṇadaṇḍasutta With Soṇadaṇḍa arahaṁ ahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā 6 3 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti …pe…
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …
Ettake kho ahaṁ, bho, tassa bhoto gotamassa vaṇṇe pariyāpuṇāmi, no ca kho so bhavaṁ gotamo ettakavaṇṇo.
This is the extent of Master Gotama’s praise that I have learned. But his praises are not confined to this,
“idha, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …
Atha kho bhagavā soṇadaṇḍaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the brahmin Soṇadaṇḍa with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left. "

dn5 Kūṭadantasutta With Kūṭadanta arahaṁ ahaṁ icchāmahaṁ aṭṭhahaṅgehi sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsesi abhijānāmahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā 19 2 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti …pe…
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …
Ettake kho ahaṁ, bho, tassa bhoto gotamassa vaṇṇe pariyāpuṇāmi, no ca kho so bhavaṁ gotamo ettakavaṇṇo.
This is the extent of Master Gotama’s praise that I have learned. But his praises are not confined to this,
Icchāmahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mahāyaññaṁ yajituṁ.
Brahmin, I wish to perform a great sacrifice.
Icchāmahaṁ brāhmaṇa mahāyaññaṁ yajituṁ.
Brahmin, I wish to perform a great sacrifice.
Tena hi bhavaṁ rājā ye bhoto rañño janapade khattiyā ānuyantā negamā ceva jānapadā ca te bhavaṁ rājā āmantayataṁ: ‘icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāyaññaṁ yajituṁ, anujānantu me bhavanto yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti. Ye bhoto rañño janapade amaccā pārisajjā negamā ceva jānapadā ca …pe… brāhmaṇamahāsālā negamā ceva jānapadā ca …pe… gahapatinecayikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca, te bhavaṁ rājā āmantayataṁ:
‘In that case, let the king announce this throughout the realm to the aristocrat vassals; to the ministers and counselors; to the well-to-do brahmins; and to the well-off householders, both of town and country:
‘icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāyaññaṁ yajituṁ, anujānantu me bhavanto yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti.
“I wish to perform a great sacrifice. Please grant your approval, gentlemen; it will be for my lasting welfare and happiness.”
‘icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāyaññaṁ yajituṁ, anujānantu me bhavanto yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti.
And all of the people who were thus informed responded by saying:
‘icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāyaññaṁ yajituṁ. Anujānantu me bhavanto yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’ti.
dn5
Rājā mahāvijito aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato—
King Mahāvijita possessed eight factors.
Rājā mahāvijito imehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato.
These are the eight factors that King Mahāvijita possessed.
Atha kho, brāhmaṇa, purohito brāhmaṇo rañño mahāvijitassa mahāyaññaṁ yajamānassa soḷasahākārehi cittaṁ sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi
Next, while the king was performing the great sacrifice, the brahmin high priest educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the king’s mind in sixteen respects:
Imehi kho, brāhmaṇa, purohito brāhmaṇo rañño mahāvijitassa mahāyaññaṁ yajamānassa soḷasahi ākārehi cittaṁ sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
These are the sixteen respects in which the high priest educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the king’s mind while he was performing the sacrifice.
Iti cattāro ca anumatipakkhā, rājā mahāvijito aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato, purohito brāhmaṇo catūhaṅgehi samannāgato;
And so there were four consenting factions, eight factors possessed by King Mahāvijita, four factors possessed by the high priest,
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evarūpaṁ yaññaṁ yajitvā vā yājetvā vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjitā, ahaṁ tena samayena purohito brāhmaṇo ahosiṁ tassa yaññassa yājetā”ti.
“I do recall that, brahmin. For I myself was the brahmin high priest at that time who facilitated the sacrifice.”
“Idha, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho kūṭadantaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left. "

dn6 Mahālisutta With Mahāli arahaṁ kahaṁ ahaṁ 12 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
“kahaṁ nu kho, bho nāgita, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati?
“Master Nāgita, where is Master Gotama at present?
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante nāgita, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho,
“Master Nāgita, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?
“disvāva ahaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ gamissāmi arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.
“I’ll go only after I’ve seen the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.”
‘yadagge ahaṁ, mahāli, bhagavantaṁ upanissāya viharāmi, na ciraṁ tīṇi vassāni, dibbāni hi kho rūpāni passāmi piyarūpāni kāmūpasaṁhitāni rajanīyāni, no ca kho dibbāni saddāni suṇāmi piyarūpāni kāmūpasaṁhitāni rajanīyānī’ti.
‘Mahāli, soon I will have been living in dependence on the Buddha for three years. I see divine sights that are pleasant, sensual, and arousing, but I don’t hear divine sounds that are pleasant, sensual, and arousing.’
Ahaṁ etadavocaṁ:
I said this:
‘idhāvuso tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…
‘Take the case when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
‘But reverends, I know and see like this.

dn7 Jāliyasutta With Jāliya arahaṁ ahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

“idhāvuso, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ, sammāsambuddho …pe…
“Take the case when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
“But reverends, I know and see like this.
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
“But reverends, I know and see like this.
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
“But reverends, I know and see like this.
Ahaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, evaṁ jānāmi evaṁ passāmi.
“But reverends, I know and see like this.

dn8 Mahāsīhanādasutta The Lion’s Roar to the Naked Ascetic Kassapa arahaṁ ahaṁ 2 2 En Ru

“Idha, kassapa, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ, sammāsambuddho …pe…
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhanti pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhanti upasampadaṁ, cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti, upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu, upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”

dn9 Poṭṭhapādasutta With Poṭṭhapāda arahaṁ ahaṁ bhavissāmahaṁ 16 7 En Ru

“Idha, poṭṭhapāda, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ, sammāsambuddho …pe…
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhāsitaṁ ājānāmi:
This is how I understand what the Buddha said:
“Ekampi kho ahaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, saññaggaṁ paññapemi, puthūpi saññagge paññapemī”ti.
“I describe the peak of perception as both one and many.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, ekampi saññaggaṁ paññapemi, puthūpi saññagge paññapemī”ti.
That’s how I describe the peak of perception as both one and many.”
“Oḷārikaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, attānaṁ paccemi rūpiṁ cātumahābhūtikaṁ kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhan”ti.
“I believe in a substantial self, sir, which has form, made up of the four primary elements, and consumes solid food.”
“Manomayaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, attānaṁ paccemi sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyan”ti.
“Sir, I believe in a mind-made self which is complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.”
“Arūpiṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, attānaṁ paccemi saññāmayan”ti.
“Sir, I believe in a formless self which is made of perception.”
ahaṁ yā imasmiṁ janapade janapadakalyāṇī, taṁ icchāmi taṁ kāmemī’ti.
‘Whoever the finest lady in the land is, it is her that I want, her that I desire!’
Oḷārikassapi kho ahaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, attapaṭilābhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi:
I teach the Dhamma for the giving up of these three kinds of reincarnation:
Manomayassapi kho ahaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, attapaṭilābhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi:

Arūpassapi kho ahaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, attapaṭilābhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi:

Evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākareyyaṁ:
I’d answer like this,
bhavissāmahaṁ anāgatamaddhānaṁ, nāhaṁ na bhavissāmi;
I will exist in the future.
Evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākareyyan”ti.
That’s how I’d answer.”
Evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākareyyaṁ:
I’d answer like this,
Evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākareyyan”ti.
That’s how I’d answer.”

dn10 Subhasutta With Subha arahaṁ ahaṁ 7 25 En Ru

“Idha, māṇava, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
“Student, it’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
ahaṁ kho pubbe iṇaṁ ādāya kammante payojesiṁ.

ahaṁ kho pubbe ābādhiko ahosiṁ dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, bhattañca me nacchādesi, na ca me āsi kāye balamattā.

ahaṁ kho pubbe bandhanāgāre baddho ahosiṁ.

ahaṁ kho pubbe dāso ahosiṁ anattādhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṅgamo.

ahaṁ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantāraddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjiṁ dubbhikkhaṁ sappaṭibhayaṁ.

Seyyathāpi, māṇava, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya; tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya; so tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatra evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ. So tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ gacchiṁ, tatrāpi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ. Somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti.
Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’

dn11 Kevaṭṭasutta With Kevaḍḍha ahaṁ arahaṁ kahaṁ 9 9 En Ru

“na kho ahaṁ, kevaṭṭa, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desemi:
“Kevaḍḍha, I do not teach Dhamma to the mendicants like this:
“na kho ahaṁ, kevaṭṭa, bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desemi:
dn11
“Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, kevaṭṭa, iddhipāṭihāriye ādīnavaṁ sampassamāno iddhipāṭihāriyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi.
“Seeing this drawback in psychic power, I’m horrified, repelled, and disgusted by demonstrations of psychic power.
“Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, kevaṭṭa, ādesanāpāṭihāriye ādīnavaṁ sampassamāno ādesanāpāṭihāriyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi.
“Seeing this drawback in revealing, I’m horrified, repelled, and disgusted by demonstrations of revealing.
Puna caparaṁ, kevaṭṭa, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…
Furthermore, a Realized One arises in the world …
‘Kahaṁ panāvuso, etarahi so mahābrahmā’ti?
‘But reverends, where is that Brahmā now?’
Evañca kho ahaṁ taṁ, āvuso, pucchāmi:
I am asking
Evañca kho ahaṁ taṁ, āvuso, pucchāmi:
I am asking
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, kevaṭṭa, taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—
When he said this, I said to him:

dn12 Lohiccasutta With Lohicca arahaṁ ahaṁ 6 10 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
“Micchādiṭṭhissa kho ahaṁ, lohicca, dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—
“An individual with wrong view is reborn in one of two places, I say:
“Micchādiṭṭhissa kho ahaṁ, lohicca, dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—
“An individual with wrong view is reborn in one of two places, I say:
Micchādiṭṭhissa kho ahaṁ, lohicca, dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—
An individual with wrong view is reborn in one of two places, I say:
Micchādiṭṭhissa kho ahaṁ, lohicca, dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—
dn12
“Idha, lohicca, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ, sammāsambuddho …pe…
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …

dn13 Tevijjasutta Experts in the Three Vedas arahaṁ ahaṁ 4 11 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ahaṁ evaṁ vadāmi:
dn13
ahaṁ yā imasmiṁ janapade janapadakalyāṇī, taṁ icchāmi, taṁ kāmemī’ti.
‘Whoever the finest lady in the land is, it is her that I want, her that I desire!’
“idha, vāseṭṭha, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ, sammāsambuddho …pe…
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …

dn14 Mahāpadānasutta The Great Discourse on Traces Left Behind arahaṁ ahaṁ sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ 87 18 En Ru

“Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
“Ninety-one eons ago, the Buddha Vipassī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. ekanavutikappe → ekanavuto kappo (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Ito so, bhikkhave, ekatiṁse kappe yaṁ sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
Thirty-one eons ago, the Buddha Sikhī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened. ekatiṁse kappe → ekatiṁso kappo (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Tasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, ekatiṁse kappe vessabhū bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
In the same thirty-first eon, the Buddha Vessabhū arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened.
Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
In the present fortunate eon, the Buddhas Kakusandha, Imasmiññeva → imasmiṁ yeva (km, pts1ed); imasmiṁ (katthaci)
Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe koṇāgamano bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
Koṇāgamana,
Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
and Kassapa arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened.
Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe ahaṁ etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno.
And in the present fortunate eon, I have arisen in the world, perfected and fully awakened.
Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi.
The Buddhas Vipassī,
Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi.
Sikhī,
Vessabhū, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi.
and Vessabhū were born as aristocrats into aristocrat families.
Kakusandho, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi.
The Buddhas Kakusandha,
Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi.
Koṇāgamana,
Kassapo, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi.
and Kassapa were born as brahmins into brahmin families.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosiṁ, khattiyakule uppanno.
I was born as an aristocrat into an aristocrat family.
Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi.
Koṇḍañña was the clan of Vipassī,
Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi.
Sikhī,
Vessabhū, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi.
and Vessabhū.
Kakusandho, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi.
Kassapa was the clan of Kakusandha,
Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi.
Koṇāgamana,
Kassapo, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi.
and Kassapa.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho gotamo gottena ahosiṁ.
Gotama is my clan.
Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho.
Vipassī was awakened at the root of a patala tree.
Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho.
Sikhī was awakened at the root of a white-mango tree.
Vessabhū, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sālassa mūle abhisambuddho.
Vessabhū was awakened at the root of a sal tree.
Kakusandho, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sirīsassa mūle abhisambuddho.
Kakusandha was awakened at the root of a sirisa tree.
Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho udumbarassa mūle abhisambuddho.
Koṇāgamana was awakened at the root of a cluster fig tree.
Kassapo, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho nigrodhassa mūle abhisambuddho.
Kassapa was awakened at the root of a banyan tree.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho.
I was awakened at the root of a peepal tree.
“Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
“Ninety-one eons ago, the Buddha Vipassī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened.
Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi.
He was born as an aristocrat into an aristocrat family.
Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi.
His clan was Koṇḍañña.
Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho.
He was awakened at the root of a patala tree.
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭacchado. Ayañhi, deva, kumāro suppatiṭṭhitapādo. Yaṁ pāyaṁ, deva, kumāro suppatiṭṭhitapādo. Idampissa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṁ bhavati.
He has well-planted feet.
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭacchado’ti.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.’
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho ahaṁ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṁ paccaniyyāsiṁ.
dn14
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho ahaṁ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṁ paccaniyyāsiṁ.
dn14
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho ahaṁ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so kālaṅkato tena rathaṁ pesesiṁ.
dn14
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho ahaṁ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṁ paccaniyyāsiṁ.
dn14
Ahaṁ kho, deva, pabbajito nāmā’ti.
‘Sire, I am what is called a renunciate.’
Ahaṁ kho, deva, pabbajito nāma, sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṁsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti.
‘I am called a renunciate because I celebrate principled and fair conduct, skillful actions, good deeds, harmlessness, and compassion for living creatures.’
Ahaṁ pana idheva kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmī’ti.
I shall shave off my hair and beard right here, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness.’
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇaṁ jāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said, nihantvā → nidahanto (sya-all, km)
Evaṁ vutte, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho taṁ mahābrahmānaṁ etadavoca:
When he said this, the Buddha Vipassī said to him, Evaṁ vutte → atha kho (bj, mr)
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesi.
Then, understanding Brahmā’s invitation, the Buddha Vipassī surveyed the world with the eye of a Buddha, out of his compassion for sentient beings.
Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.
And he saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not. suviññāpaye duviññāpaye → duviññāpaye bhabbe abhabbe (sya-all, km) | appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante → ayaṁ pāṭho sya-all, km potthakesu natthi
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.
In the same way, the Buddha Vipassī saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho taṁ mahābrahmānaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then the Buddha Vipassī addressed that Great Brahmā in verse:
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ,
‘Who should I teach first of all?
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—bodhirukkhamūle antarahito bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā kheme migadāye pāturahosi.
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the tree of awakening and reappeared near the capital city of Bandhumatī, in the deer park named Sanctuary.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dāyapālaṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha Vipassī addressed the park keeper, dāyapālaṁ → migadāyapālaṁ (sya-all)
vipassī, bhante, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati, so tumhākaṁ dassanakāmo’ti.
“Sirs, the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has arrived at Bandhumatī and is staying in the deer park named Sanctuary. He wishes to see you.”’
‘vipassī, bhante, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati; so tumhākaṁ dassanakāmo’ti.
dn14
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
They went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Vipassī on foot. They bowed and sat down to one side. pattikāva → pattikā (sya-all, km)
Tesaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—
The Buddha Vipassī taught them step by step, with anupubbiṁ kathaṁ → anupubbīkathaṁ (sya-all, km); ānupubbikathaṁ (pts1ed)
Te vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi;
Then the Buddha Vipassī educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Tesaṁ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṁ samādapiyamānānaṁ samuttejiyamānānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.
Being taught like this their minds were soon freed from defilements by not grasping.
‘vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati.
that the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, had arrived at Bandhumatī and was staying in the deer park named Sanctuary.
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then those 84,000 people left Bandhumatī for the deer park named Sanctuary, where they approached the Buddha Vipassī, bowed and sat down to one side.
Tesaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi.
The Buddha Vipassī taught them step by step, with
Te vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi;
dn14
Tesaṁ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṁ samādapiyamānānaṁ samuttejiyamānānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.
Being taught like this their minds were soon freed from defilements by not grasping.
‘vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati, dhammañca kira desetī’ti.
‘It seems the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has arrived at Bandhumatī and is staying in the deer park named Sanctuary. And he is teaching the Dhamma!’
Atha kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni yena bandhumatī rājadhānī yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
Then they too went to see the Buddha Vipassī, realized the Dhamma, went forth, and became freed from defilements.
Tesaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi.
dn14
Te vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi;
dn14
Tesaṁ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṁ samādapiyamānānaṁ samuttejiyamānānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.
dn14
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said,
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha Vipassī came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants, telling them all that had happened. Then he said,
Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhikkhusaṅghe evaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisati:
And there the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, recited the monastic code thus:
‘ito so, mārisā, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
‘Ninety-one eons ago, good sir, the Buddha Vipassī arose in the world, perfected and fully awakened.
Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi.
He was born as an aristocrat into an aristocrat family.
Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi.
Koṇḍañña was his clan.
Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho.
He was awakened at the root of a patala tree.
‘imasmiṁyeva kho, mārisā, bhaddakappe bhagavā etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno.
‘In the present fortunate eon, good sir, you have arisen in the world, perfected and fully awakened.
‘ito so, mārisā, ekanavutikappe yaṁ vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.
dn14
Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi.
dn14
Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi.
dn14
Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho.
dn14
‘imasmiṁyeva kho, mārisā, bhaddakappe bhagavā etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno.
dn14

dn15 Mahānidānasutta The Great Discourse on Causation pariggahaṁ 3 5 En Ru

Iti kho panetaṁ, ānanda, vedanaṁ paṭicca taṇhā, taṇhaṁ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṁ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṁ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṁ paṭicca chandarāgo, chandarāgaṁ paṭicca ajjhosānaṁ, ajjhosānaṁ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṁ paṭicca macchariyaṁ, macchariyaṁ paṭicca ārakkho.
So it is, Ānanda, that feeling is a cause of craving. Craving is a cause of seeking. Seeking is a cause of gaining material possessions. Gaining material possessions is a cause of evaluation. Evaluation is a cause of desire and lust. Desire and lust is a cause of attachment. Attachment is a cause of ownership. Ownership is a cause of stinginess. Stinginess is a cause of safeguarding.
‘Pariggahaṁ paṭicca macchariyan’ti iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ, tadānanda, imināpetaṁ pariyāyena veditabbaṁ, yathā pariggahaṁ paṭicca macchariyaṁ.
‘Ownership is a cause of stinginess’—that’s what I said. And this is a way to understand how this is so.

dn16 Mahāparinibbānasutta The Great Discourse on the Buddha’s Extinguishment ahaṁ rājagahaṁ arahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsitā evamahaṁ salomahaṁso sampahaṁsemi sampahaṁsito gacchāmahaṁ kahaṁ salomahaṁso lomahaṁsanaṁ lomahaṁso lomahaṁsano 66 14 En Ru

ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti.
“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (sya-all, km, pts1ed); ucchijjāmi (mr) | anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti → āpādessāmi vajjīti (bj); āpādessāmi vajjinti (sya-all, km)
ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”’ti.
“I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!”’
ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’”ti.
‘I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!’”
“gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātehī”ti.
“Go, Ānanda, gather all the mendicants staying in the vicinity of Rājagaha together in the assembly hall.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked. Then he went back, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
“evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;
“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;
‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṁ etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito:
“And what about me, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present? Have you comprehended my mind to know that
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’”ti?

Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’”ti.

Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the lay followers of Pāṭali Village with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them,
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired her with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then she said to the Buddha,
“Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṁ sāhāraṁ dassatha, evamahaṁ taṁ bhattaṁ na dassāmī”ti.
“Masters, even if you were to give me Vesālī with her provinces, I still wouldn’t give that meal to you.” evamahaṁ taṁ → evaṁ mahantaṁ (bj, pts1ed); evaṁpi mahantaṁ (sya-all, km)
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
and the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
Then they said to the Buddha,
Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired her with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
Ahaṁ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṁ upagacchāmī”ti.
I’ll commence the rainy season residence right here in the little village of Beluva.”
ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya.
‘I shall lead the mendicant Saṅgha,’ or ‘the Saṅgha of mendicants is meant for me,’ let them bring something up regarding the Saṅgha.
ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā.

Ahaṁ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto.
I’m now old, elderly and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life.
Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. salomahaṁso → lomahaṁso (sya-all, km); lomahaṁsano (pts1ed) | devadundubhiyo → devadundabhiyo (sya-all); devadudrabhiyo (mr)
sumahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
That was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky!
sumahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
That was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky!
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.
I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.
And when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.
I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.
And when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra:
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra:
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, ānanda, rājagahaṁ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato.
‘Ānanda, Rājagaha is lovely, and so is the Vulture’s Peak.
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, ānanda, rājagahaṁ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro, ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṁ jīvakambavanaṁ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṁ migadāyo.
‘Ānanda, Rājagaha is lovely, and so are all these places. …
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Cunda said to the Buddha,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
“Gacchāmahaṁ kusināraṁ nagaran”ti.
“I’ll go to the citadel of Kusinārā.”
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.
‘No, friend, I didn’t see them.’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.
‘No, friend, I didn’t hear a sound.’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.
‘No, friend, I wasn’t asleep.’
Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho ahaṁ, pukkusa, taṁ purisaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then having left that crowd, a certain person approached me, bowed, and stood to one side. I said to them,
‘Idheva kho ahaṁ, āvuso, ahosin’ti.
‘I was right here, friend.’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.
‘No, friend, I didn’t see anything.’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.
‘No, friend, I didn’t hear a sound.’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.
‘No, friend, I wasn’t asleep.’
Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṁ mallaputtaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Pukkusa the Malla with a Dhamma talk,
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.
Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti.
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha; an independent Buddha; a disciple of a Realized One; and a wheel-turning monarch. cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all, km, mr)
Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho?
And for what reason is a Realized One worthy of a monument?
Idaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.
It is for this reason that a Realized One is worthy of a monument.
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando”ti?
“Mendicants, where is Ānanda?”
campā rājagahaṁ sāvatthī sāketaṁ kosambī bārāṇasī;
Campā, Rājagaha, Sāvatthī, Sāketa, Kosambī, and Varanasi.
“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati.
“If I have the Mallas pay homage to the Buddha one by one, they won’t be finished before first light.
evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’”ti.
I am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can give up this state of uncertainty.”
evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’ti.
I am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can give up this state of uncertainty.
evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’ti.

Yato ahaṁ pabbajito subhadda;
since I went forth.
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”
“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’”ti.
“It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! I am quite confident that there is not even a single mendicant in this Saṅgha who has doubt or uncertainty regarding the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the path, or the practice.”
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, along with the full extinguishment there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.
tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ;
Then they had goosebumps!

dn17 Mahāsudassanasutta King Mahāsudassana rājagahaṁ ahaṁ 5 12 En Ru

Seyyathidaṁ—campā, rājagahaṁ, sāvatthi, sāketaṁ, kosambī, bārāṇasī;
Campā, Rājagaha, Sāvatthī, Sāketa, Kosambī, and Varanasi.
Assaṁ nu kho ahaṁ rājā cakkavattī’ti.
Am I then a wheel-turning monarch?’
‘appossukko tvaṁ, deva, hohi, ahaṁ te dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘Relax, sire. I will take care of the treasury.’
‘ataramāno, sārathi, rathaṁ pesehi, yathā ahaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatike cirataraṁ passeyyan’ti.
‘Drive slowly, charioteer, so I can see the brahmins and householders longer!’
na kho panetaṁ, ānanda, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Ahaṁ tena samayena rājā mahāsudassano ahosiṁ.
But you should not see it like that. I myself was King Mahāsudassana at that time.

dn18 Janavasabhasutta With Janavasabha ahaṁ viggahaṁ sattahaṅgehi 13 6 En Ru

Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, māgadhake paricārake ‘yaṅgatikā te bhavanto yaṁabhisamparāyā’ti.
dn18
‘janavasabho ahaṁ, bhagavā;
‘I am Janavasabha, Blessed One!
janavasabho ahaṁ, sugatā’ti.
I am Janavasabha, Holy One!’
“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi ito pubbe evarūpaṁ nāmadheyyaṁ sutaṁ yadidaṁ janavasabhoti, api ca me, bhante, lomāni haṭṭhāni ‘janavasabho’ti nāmadheyyaṁ sutvā.
“No, sir. But when I heard the word, I got goosebumps!
‘bimbisāro ahaṁ, bhagavā;
‘I am Bimbisāra, Blessed One!
bimbisāro ahaṁ, sugatāti.
I am Bimbisāra, Holy One!
Idaṁ sattamaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahabyataṁ upapajjāmi, so tato cuto manussarājā bhavituṁ pahomi.
This is the seventh time I am reborn in the company of the Great King Vessavaṇa. When I pass away from here, I can become a king of men. manussarājā bhavituṁ pahomi → so ito cuto manussesu rājā bhavituṁ pahomi (sya-all, km); amanussarājā divi homi (pts1ed)
Dīgharattaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyā’”ti.
For a long time I’ve known that I won’t be reborn in the underworld, but that I still hope to become a once-returner.’
‘Dīgharattaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmī’ti ca vadesi, ‘āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyā’ti ca vadesi, kutonidānaṁ panāyasmā janavasabho yakkho evarūpaṁ uḷāraṁ visesādhigamaṁ sañjānātī”ti?
“For a long time I’ve been aware that I won’t be reborn in the underworld” and also “But I still hope to become a once-returner.” But from what source do you know that you’ve achieved such a high distinction?’
yadagge ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati ekantikato abhippasanno, tadagge ahaṁ, bhante, dīgharattaṁ avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya.
From the day I had absolute devotion to the Buddha I have known that I won’t be reborn in the underworld, but that I still hope to become a once-returner. ekantikato → ekantato (sya-all, km); ekantagato (pts1ed)
Seyyathāpi, bhante, sovaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṁ viggahaṁ atirocati;
as a golden statue outshines the human form.
Yā kho, bho, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṁ vuccati, bho, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipi.
Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is what is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and also ‘with its prerequisites’.

dn19 Mahāgovindasutta The Great Steward viggahaṁ sarāmahaṁ icchāmahaṁ lomahaṁso ahaṁ pabbajissāmahaṁ tamahaṁ āgamessāmahaṁ 44 6 En Ru

Seyyathāpi, bhante, so vaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṁ viggahaṁ atirocati;
as a golden statue outshines the human form.
“Sarāmahaṁ, bho, taṁ vacanaṁ.
“I remember, sirs. vacanaṁ → vacananti (sya-all, km, mr)
Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ;
“Sir, I wish to go on retreat for the four months of the rainy season and practice the absorption on compassion.
Icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ;
dn19
icchāmahaṁ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ;
dn19
icchāmahaṁ, bhotī, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṁ, karuṇaṁ jhānaṁ jhāyituṁ;
dn19
Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa ahudeva bhayaṁ ahu chambhitattaṁ ahu lomahaṁso yathā taṁ adiṭṭhapubbaṁ rūpaṁ disvā.
At that, the Great Steward became frightened, scared, his hair standing on end, as he had never seen such a sight before.
Kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ brahmānaṁ sanaṅkumāraṁ puccheyyaṁ diṭṭhadhammikaṁ vā atthaṁ samparāyikaṁ vā”ti?
Should I ask him about what is beneficial for this life or lives to come?”
“kusalo kho ahaṁ diṭṭhadhammikānaṁ atthānaṁ, aññepi maṁ diṭṭhadhammikaṁ atthaṁ pucchanti.
“I’m a skilled in what is beneficial for this life, and others even ask me about it.
“‘Hitvā mamattan’ti ahaṁ, bhoto, ājānāmi.
“Sir, I understand what ‘giving up possessiveness’ means.
iti ‘hitvā mamattan’ti ahaṁ, bhoto, ājānāmi.
That’s how I understand ‘giving up possessiveness’.
‘Ekodibhūto’ti ahaṁ, bhoto, ājānāmi.
Sir, I understand what ‘at one’ means.
iti ‘ekodibhūto’ti ahaṁ, bhoto, ājānāmi.
That’s how I understand ‘at one’.
‘Karuṇedhimutto’ti ahaṁ, bhoto, ājānāmi.
Sir, I understand what ‘compassionate’ means.
Iti ‘karuṇedhimutto’ti ahaṁ, bhoto, ājānāmi.
That’s how I understand ‘compassionate’.
Āmagandhe ca kho ahaṁ, bhoto, bhāsamānassa na ājānāmi.
But I don’t understand what you say about putrefaction.
“Yathā kho ahaṁ, bhoto, āmagandhe bhāsamānassa ājānāmi. Te na sunimmadayā agāraṁ ajjhāvasatā.
“As I understand what you say about putrefaction, it’s not easy to quell while living at home.
Pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness!”
Icchāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
I wish to go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
reṇuṁ bhūmipatiṁ ahaṁ;
the lord of the land:
ahaṁ paripūrayāmi te;
I’ll supply them for you.
bhūmisenāpati ahaṁ;
for I command the nation’s army.
Tuvaṁ pitā ahaṁ putto,
You are my father, I am your son!
“Saddahāmi ahaṁ bhoto,
“I have faith, O Steward,
Icchāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
I wish to go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness!”
Tamahaṁ sabbaṁ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmi.
Giving up all that, I shall go forth.”
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
dn19
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyanti”.
dn19
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth.”
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
dn19
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
dn19
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness.”
“Na ciraṁ kho, bho, sattāhaṁ, āgamessāmahaṁ bhavante sattāhan”ti.
“A week is not too long, sirs. I will wait that long.”
Icchāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
I wish to go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness.”
Tamahaṁ sabbaṁ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmi.
Giving up all that, I shall go forth.
Pabbajissāmahaṁ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness.”
Icchāmahaṁ, bhotī, agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
I wish to go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Pabbajissāmahaṁ, bhotī, agārasmā anagāriyan”ti.
I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness.”
“Sarāmahaṁ, pañcasikha.
“I remember, Pañcasikha.
Ahaṁ tena samayena mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo ahosiṁ.
I myself was the brahmin Great Steward at that time.
Ahaṁ tesaṁ sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya maggaṁ desesiṁ.
And I taught those disciples the path to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.

dn20 Mahāsamayasutta The Great Congregation samādahaṁsu lomahaṁsābhisambhuno 2 3 En Ru

“Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṁsu,
“The mendicants there are immersed in samādhi,
lomahaṁsābhisambhuno;
who have mastered their fears.

dn21 Sakkapañhasutta Sakka’s Questions kahaṁ arahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ sarāmahaṁ abhijānāmahaṁ 21 2 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
“Where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”
tamahaṁ sūriyavacchase.
so I, oh my Sunshine, seek for you!
Yato kho ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ bhaginiṁ nālatthaṁ kenaci pariyāyena.
Since I couldn’t win that sister by any means,
“Abhivādesi maṁ sā, devānaminda, bhaginī, sarāmahaṁ tassā bhaginiyā vacanaṁ.
“She did bow, lord of gods, and I remember what she said.
Taṁ me idaṁ, bhante, sakkhidiṭṭhaṁ yato tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dibbā kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyāti.
And I have seen this with my own eyes.
ahaṁ antaṁ karomi te”ti.
question you have.”
“Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement:
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, bhante, ime pañhe aññe samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchitā”ti.
“I do, sir.”
ahaṁ kho, mārisa, sakko devānamindo’ti.
‘Dear sir, I am Sakka, lord of gods.’
Ahaṁ kho pana, bhante, bhagavato sāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo”ti.
But sir, I am the Buddha’s disciple, a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.”
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, bhante, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhan”ti.
“I do, sir.”
“Cha kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavase sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
“I see six reasons to speak of such joy and happiness, sir.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, paṭhamaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
This is the first reason.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, dutiyaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
This is the second reason.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tatiyaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
This is the third reason.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, catutthaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
This is the fourth reason.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, pañcamaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
This is the fifth reason.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, chaṭṭhaṁ atthavasaṁ sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
This is the sixth reason.
Ime kho ahaṁ, bhante, cha atthavase sampassamāno evarūpaṁ vedapaṭilābhaṁ somanassapaṭilābhaṁ pavedemi.
Seeing these six reasons I speak of such joy and happiness.
Ahaṁ vande mahāvīraṁ,
I bow to the great hero,

dn23 Pāyāsisutta With Pāyāsi abhijānāmahaṁ icchāmahaṁ ahaṁ 5 9 En Ru

“Abhijānāmahaṁ, bho kassapa, divāseyyaṁ upagato supinakaṁ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṁ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan”ti.
“I do, sir.”
‘icchāmahaṁ, tāta, janapadaṁ gantuṁ;
‘My dear, I wish to go to the country. janapadaṁ → nagaraṁ (mr)
“Purimeneva ahaṁ opammena bhoto kassapassa attamano abhiraddho.
“I was delighted and satisfied with your very first simile, Master Kassapa!
Ahaṁ, bhante, pāyāsi rājañño”ti.
“Sir, I am the chieftain Pāyāsi.”
Ahaṁ pana, bhante, asakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā asahatthā dānaṁ datvā acittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā apaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapanno suññaṁ serīsakaṁ vimānaṁ.
But I gave gifts carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with my own hands, giving the dregs. When my body broke up, after death, I was reborn in company with the gods of the Four Great Kings, in an empty sirisa palace.

dn24 Pāthikasutta About Pāṭikaputta ahaṁ arahaṁ lomahaṁso sampahaṁsesiṁ sampahaṁsetvā 49 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When Sunakkhatta said this, I said to him,
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmī’ti?
“Sir, I shall live dedicated to the Buddha”?’
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmīti.
live dedicated to me.
ehi tvaṁ, sunakkhatta, mamaṁ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṁ te uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissāmī’ti?
“Come, live dedicated to me and I will perform a superhuman demonstration of psychic power for you”?’
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissatī’ti?
“Sir, I shall live dedicated to the Buddha, and the Buddha will perform a superhuman demonstration of psychic power for me”?’
ehi tvaṁ, sunakkhatta, mamaṁ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṁ te uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissāmīti;
dn24
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissatīti.
dn24
ehi tvaṁ, sunakkhatta, mamaṁ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṁ te aggaññaṁ paññapessāmī’ti?
“Come, live dedicated to me and I will describe the origin of the world to you”?’
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me aggaññaṁ paññapessatī’ti?
“Sir, I shall live dedicated to the Buddha, and the Buddha will describe the origin of the world to me”?’
ehi tvaṁ, sunakkhatta, mamaṁ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṁ te aggaññaṁ paññapessāmīti.
dn24
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me aggaññaṁ paññapessatīti.
dn24
itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti.
“That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.”
Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ thūlūsu viharāmi uttarakā nāma thūlūnaṁ nigamo.
Bhaggava, this one time I was staying in the land of the Kurus where they have a town named Uttarakā. thūlūsu → bumūsu (bj, pts1ed) | ayaṁ → arahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
‘Na kho ahaṁ, moghapurisa, arahattassa maccharāyāmi.
‘I’m not jealous of the perfected ones, you silly man.
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
yatheva te ahaṁ acelaṁ korakkhattiyaṁ ārabbha byākāsiṁ, tatheva taṁ vipākaṁ, aññathā vā’ti?
Did the prediction I made about the aristocrat of Kuru turn out to be correct, or not?’
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
‘Na kho ahaṁ, moghapurisa, arahattassa maccharāyāmi,
‘I’m not jealous of the perfected ones, you silly man.
sādhurūpo ayaṁ samaṇoti, so nacirasseva parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṁ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno kālaṁ karissatī’ti.
will shortly be clothed, living with a partner, eating rice and porridge, having gone past all the shrines near Vesālī. And he will die after losing all his fame.’ yasā nihīno → yasā nikiṇṇo (bj, pts1ed, mr) | ayaṁ → arahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
He came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
yatheva te ahaṁ acelaṁ kaḷāramaṭṭakaṁ ārabbha byākāsiṁ, tatheva taṁ vipākaṁ, aññathā vā’ti?
Did the declaration I made about Kaḷāramaṭṭaka turn out to be correct, or not?’
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
I said to him,
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.
come into my presence without giving up those things, his head may explode.’
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
his head may explode.
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti?
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti?
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
his head may explode.”
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
dn24
Sutvānassa bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso udapādi.
When he heard that, he became frightened, scared, his hair standing on end.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he said this, I said to the assembly,
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.
come into my presence without giving up those things, his head may explode.’
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
dn24
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he said this, I said to the assembly,
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya.
his head may explode.
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya.
dn24
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ āgaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.
dn24
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he said this, I said to the assembly,
ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya.
come into my presence without giving up those things, his head may explode.
Sacepissa evamassa—ahaṁ taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṁ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.
his head may explode.’
Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṁ samādapesiṁ samuttejesiṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ, taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā mahābandhanā mokkhaṁ karitvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni mahāviduggā uddharitvā tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā sattatālaṁ vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā aññaṁ sattatālampi acciṁ abhinimminitvā pajjalitvā dhūmāyitvā mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ paccuṭṭhāsiṁ.
Then, Bhaggava, I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired that assembly with a Dhamma talk. I released that assembly from the great bondage, and lifted 84,000 beings from the great swamp. Next I entered upon the fire element, rose into the sky to the height of seven palm trees, and created a flame another seven palm trees high, blazing and smoking. Finally I landed at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. dhūmāyitvā → dhūpāyitvā (pts1ed) | acciṁ → aggiṁ (sya-all)
Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṁ licchaviputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
Then Sunakkhatta came to me, bowed, and sat down to one side. I said to him,
yatheva te ahaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ ārabbha byākāsiṁ, tatheva taṁ vipākaṁ aññathā vā’ti?
Did the declaration I made about Pāṭikaputta turn out to be correct, or not?’
Evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati. Pahoti me bhagavā tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathā ahaṁ subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan”ti.
Sir, I am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can enter and remain in the liberation on the beautiful.”

dn25 Udumbarikasutta The Lion’s Roar at the Monastery of Lady Udumbarikā ahaṁ arahaṁ rājagahaṁ 8 4 En Ru

“Evaṁ paripuṇṇāyapi kho ahaṁ, nigrodha, tapojigucchāya anekavihite upakkilese vadāmī”ti.
“But even such a completed mortification has many defects, I say.”
Ayaṁ kho so, bhante, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho idhānuppatto, aparisāvacaraṁ pana naṁ karotha, gokāṇaṁ pariyantacāriniṁ karotha, ekapañheneva naṁ saṁsādetha, tucchakumbhīva naṁ orodhethā”ti.
Now the Blessed One, perfected and fully awakened, has arrived here. Why don’t you send him out of the assembly to the periphery like a one-eyed cow? Why don’t you sink him with just one question? Why don’t you roll him over and wrap him up like a hollow pot?”
Ahaṁ kho pana, nigrodha, evaṁ vadāmi:
Nigrodha, this is what I say:
‘Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Let a sensible person come—neither devious nor deceitful, a person of integrity. I teach and instruct them.
Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Let a sensible person come—neither devious nor deceitful, a person of integrity. I teach and instruct them.
Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko ahamanusāsāmi ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
dn25
Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Let a sensible person come—neither devious nor deceitful, a person of integrity. I teach and instruct them.
Sandhāno pana gahapati tāvadeva rājagahaṁ pāvisīti.
Meanwhile, the householder Sandhāna went right back to Rājagaha. "

dn26 Cakkavattisutta The Wheel-Turning Monarch ahaṁ arahaṁ duppasahaṁ 7 4 En Ru

Ahaṁ pana kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmī’ti.
I shall shave off my hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness.’
Assaṁ nu kho ahaṁ rājā cakkavattī’ti.
Am I then a wheel-turning monarch?’
Ahaṁ pana kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmī’ti.
dn26
‘sace kho ahaṁ yo yo paresaṁ adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyissati, tassa tassa dhanamanuppadassāmi, evamidaṁ adinnādānaṁ pavaḍḍhissati.
‘If I provide money to anyone who steals from others, it will only increase the stealing.
Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu metteyyo nāma bhagavā loke uppajjissati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
And the Blessed One named Metteyya will arise in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed—
Seyyathāpāhametarahi loke uppanno arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
just as I have arisen today.
Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekabalampi samanupassāmi yaṁ evaṁ duppasahaṁ, yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, mārabalaṁ.
Mendicants, I do not see a single power so hard to defeat as the power of Māra.

dn27 Aggaññasutta What Came First arahaṁ 2 10 En Ru

Imesañhi, vāseṭṭha, catunnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so nesaṁ aggamakkhāyati dhammeneva, no adhammena.
Because any mendicant from these four castes who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—is said to be foremost by virtue of principle, not against principle.
Imesañhi, vāseṭṭha, catunnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so nesaṁ aggamakkhāyati dhammeneva, no adhammena.
Any mendicant from these four castes who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—is said to be the foremost by virtue of principle, not against principle.

dn28 Sampasādanīyasutta Inspiring Confidence ahaṁ arahaṁ 13 6 En Ru

“evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati, na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan”ti.
“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.”
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;
‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṁ etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito:
“And what about me, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present? Have you comprehended my mind to know that pana te → kiṁ pana (pts1ed)
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati, na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’”ti?
dn28
Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto satta sambojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho.
dn28
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.
‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘No.’
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.
dn28
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.
dn28
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘evan’ti vadeyyaṁ.
‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin—whether past or future—whose direct knowledge is equal to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘Yes.’
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘evan’ti vadeyyaṁ.
dn28
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.
But if they were to ask: ‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin at present whose direct knowledge is equal to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘No.’
‘kiṁ panāyasmā sāriputto ekaccaṁ abbhanujānāti, ekaccaṁ na abbhanujānātī’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākareyyaṁ:
‘But why does Venerable Sāriputta grant this in respect of some but not others?’ I would answer them like this,

dn29 Pāsādikasutta An Impressive Discourse ahaṁ arahaṁ 28 2 En Ru

“na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi, kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi? Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī”ti.
“You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!”
satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito.
For your teacher is awakened, and their teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha. satthā ca te → satthā ca te arahaṁ (sya-all, pts1ed)
Idha pana, cunda, satthā ca loke udapādi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito,
Take the case where a teacher arises in the world who is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is fully awakened.
‘Satthā ca no loke udapādi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, aviññāpitatthā camha saddhamme, na ca no kevalaṁ paripūraṁ brahmacariyaṁ āvikataṁ hoti uttānīkataṁ sabbasaṅgāhapadakataṁ sappāṭihīrakataṁ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.
They think: ‘Our teacher was perfected, a fully awakened Buddha. His teaching was well explained, but we were not educated in its meaning. And the spiritual practice was not fully disclosed and revealed to us; its sayings have not all been collected; and it has not been well proclaimed with its demonstrable basis wherever there are gods and humans.
Idha pana, cunda, satthā ca loke udapādi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho. Dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito.
Take the case where a teacher arises in the world who is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained and well propounded, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is fully awakened.
‘Satthā ca no loke udapādi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
They think: ‘Our teacher was perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Ahaṁ kho pana, cunda, etarahi satthā loke uppanno arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
I, Cunda, am a teacher who has arisen in the world today, perfected and fully awakened.
Ahaṁ kho pana, cunda, etarahi satthā thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto.
I am a teacher today who is senior, long standing, long gone forth, advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life.
Na vo ahaṁ, cunda, diṭṭhadhammikānaṁyeva āsavānaṁ saṁvarāya dhammaṁ desemi.
Cunda, I do not teach you solely for restraining defilements that affect the present life.
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ.
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects.
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’ti.
A mendicant who is perfected can’t transgress in these nine respects.’
Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi?
Shall I explain them to you in the wrong way? tathā → tattha (bj, sya-all, mr) | byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te → kiṁ te ahante aññatitthiye (sya1ed, sya2ed); kiṁ no ahaṁ (pts1ed) | Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi → etthantare pāṭho si potthake natthi
Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi?
Shall I explain them to you in the wrong way?
Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi?
dn29
Imāyapi kho ahaṁ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṁ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo.
I don’t see any such expositions that are equal to my own, still less superior.
Imāyapi kho ahaṁ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṁ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo.
I don’t see any such expositions that are equal to my own, still less superior.
Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi?
dn29 tathā → tattha (bj, sya1ed, sya2ed, pts1ed) | byākarissāmi → byākarissāmīti (bj, csp1ed); vyākarissāmi (pts1ed)
Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi?
dn29 byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā → kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tattha (bj); kiṁ te ahaṁ te tattha (sya1ed, sya2ed)
Imāyapi kho ahaṁ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṁ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo.
I don’t see any such expositions that are equal to my own, still less superior.
Imāyapi kho ahaṁ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṁ samanupassāmi, kuto bhiyyo.
I don’t see any such expositions that are equal to my own, still less superior.
Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṁ vo ahaṁ te tathā byākarissāmi?
Shall I explain them to you in the wrong way? byākarissāmi → byākarissāmīti (bj, csp1ed) "

dn30 Lakkhaṇasutta The Marks of a Great Man arahaṁ kariyacariyasusaṅgahaṁ mahājanasaṅgahaṁ kalahaṁ 9 0 En Ru

Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world. vivaṭṭacchado → vivattacchado (bj); vivaṭacchado (sya-all, mr); vivatta-cchaddo (pts1ed)
sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
dn30
sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
dn30
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a fully awakened Buddha.
Kariyacariyasusaṅgahaṁ bahūnaṁ,
such action and conduct as brought people together,
mahājanasaṅgahaṁ samekkhamāno samaṁ jānāti sāmaṁ jānāti, purisaṁ jānāti purisavisesaṁ jānāti:
Examining the gathered population, he knew what they had in common and what was their own; he knew each person, and he knew the distinctions between people. samekkhamāno → samapekkhamāno (mr)
Kalahaṁ janassa panudī samaṅgī,
He eliminated quarrels among the people,
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.

dn31 Siṅgālasutta Advice to Sigālaka rājagahaṁ ahaṁ yathārahaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pituvacanaṁ sakkaronto garuṁ karonto mānento pūjento kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassāmi—
Honoring, respecting, and venerating my father’s words, I rose early and left Rājagaha and, with my clothes and hair all wet, raised my joined palms to revere the various quarters—
tattha tattha yathārahaṁ;
as befits them in each case;

dn32 Āṭānāṭiyasutta The Āṭānāṭiya Protection ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Adhivāsesiṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, tuṇhībhāvena.
dn32

dn33 Saṅgītisutta Reciting in Concert sampahaṁsetvā tamahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 19 20 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Mallas with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them,
Tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti.
I’ll stretch it.” āyamissāmī”ti → āyameyyāmīti (sya-all, km)
“na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi, kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi. Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī”ti.
“You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!”
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho, bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato, lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ, kammaṁ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve done some work. But while working my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ, maggaṁ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve gone on a journey. But while walking my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is tired and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño, māsācitaṁ maññe, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is heavy and unfit for work, like I’ve just eaten a load of beans. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. My body is weak and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ, kammaṁ kho panāhaṁ karonto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve done some work. While I was working I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’
ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ, maggaṁ kho panāhaṁ gacchanto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve gone on a journey. While I was walking I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is light and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is strong and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’
ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti.
‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. It’s possible the illness will come back. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’
Āsajja dānaṁ deti, bhayā dānaṁ deti, ‘adāsi me’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘dassati me’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘sāhu dānan’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ na dātun’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘idaṁ me dānaṁ dadato kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’ti dānaṁ deti.
A person might give a gift after insulting the recipient. Or they give out of fear. Or they give thinking, ‘They gave to me.’ Or they give thinking, ‘They’ll give to me.’ Or they give thinking, ‘It’s good to give.’ Or they give thinking, ‘I cook, they don’t. It wouldn’t be right for me to not give to them.’ Or they give thinking, ‘By giving this gift I’ll get a good reputation.’ Or they give thinking, ‘This is an adornment and requisite for the mind.’
Idhāvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.
Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One.
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.
Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world.
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke na uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho,
Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world. na → katthaci nakāro na

dn34 Dasuttarasutta Up to Ten arahaṁ ahaṁ pariggahaṁ 14 17 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ, kammaṁ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve done some work. But while working my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ, maggaṁ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve gone on a journey. But while walking my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti …pe…
‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is tired and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’…
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño, māsācitaṁ maññe, handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti.
‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is heavy, unfit for work, like I’ve just eaten a load of beans. I’d better have a lie down.’…
ahaṁ kho gilānāvuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā.
‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. My body is weak and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’
ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ, kammaṁ kho panāhaṁ karonto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasikātuṁ, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve done some work. While I was working I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’…
ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ, maggaṁ kho panāhaṁ gacchanto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasikātuṁ, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve gone on a journey. While I was walking I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’…
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe…
‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is light and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’…
ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.
‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is strong and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy.’…
ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati, yaṁ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya, handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti.
‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. It’s possible the illness will come back. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’
Idhāvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.
Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One.
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito.
Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world.
taṇhaṁ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṁ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṁ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṁ paṭicca chandarāgo, chandarāgaṁ paṭicca ajjhosānaṁ, ajjhosānaṁ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṁ paṭicca macchariyaṁ, macchariyaṁ paṭicca ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṁ daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṁtuvaṁpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti.
Craving is a cause of seeking. Seeking is a cause of gaining material possessions. Gaining material possessions is a cause of evaluation. Evaluation is a cause of desire and lust. Desire and lust is a cause of attachment. Attachment is a cause of ownership. Ownership is a cause of stinginess. Stinginess is a cause of safeguarding. Owing to safeguarding, many bad, unskillful things come to be: taking up the rod and the sword, quarrels, arguments, disputes, accusations, divisive speech, and lies.

iti1 Lobhasutta ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya.
and I guarantee you non-return.
ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti.
and I guarantee you non-return.”

iti2 Dosasutta ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya.
and I guarantee you non-return.
ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti.
and I guarantee you non-return.”

iti3 Mohasutta ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya.
and I guarantee you non-return.
ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti.
and I guarantee you non-return.”

iti4 Kodhasutta ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya.
and I guarantee you non-return.
ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti.
and I guarantee you non-return.”

iti5 Makkhasutta ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya.
and I guarantee you non-return.
ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti.
and I guarantee you non-return.”

iti6 Mānasutta ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāya.
and I guarantee you non-return.
ahaṁ vo pāṭibhogo anāgāmitāyā”ti.
and I guarantee you non-return.”

iti7 Sabbapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding the all, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Sabbañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding the all, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.”

iti8 Mānapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Mānaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding conceit, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Mānañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding conceit, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.”

iti9 Lobhapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Lobhaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding greed, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Lobhañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding greed, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.”

iti10 Dosapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Dosaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding hate, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Dosañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding hate, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.”

iti11 Mohapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Mohaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding delusion, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Mohañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding delusion, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.”

iti12 Kodhapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Kodhaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding anger, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Kodhañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding anger, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.

iti13 Makkhapariññāsutta appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Makkhaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding disdain, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Makkhañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ tattha cittaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
By directly knowing and completely understanding disdain, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.”

iti16 Paṭhamasekhasutta padahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yoniso padahaṁ bhikkhu,
Striving rationally, a mendicant

iti38 Vitakkasutta mārañjahaṁ mānajahaṁ mārajahaṁ mānaṁjahaṁ 5 1 En Ru

Mārañjahaṁ brūmi jarāya pāraguṁ.
He has disposed of Māra, I declare, and gone beyond old age. Mārañjahaṁ → mānajahaṁ (si, mr); mārajahaṁ (sya-all); mānaṁjahaṁ (pts-vp-pli1) "

iti44 Nibbānadhātusutta arahaṁ pahaṁsu 3 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto.
It’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto.
It’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.
Pahaṁsu te sabbabhavāni tādino”ti.
the poised ones have given up all states of existence.”

iti46 Sikkhānisaṁsasutta mārañjahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Mārañjahaṁ brūmi jarāya pāraguṁ.
they have disposed of Māra, I declare, and gone beyond old age.

iti69 Dutiyarāgasutta sagahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘atiṇṇo samuddaṁ saūmiṁ savīciṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagahaṁ sarakkhasaṁ’.
is said to have not crossed over the ocean with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters. atiṇṇo → atari (sya-all, csp1ed); na atari (pts-vp-pli1)
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘atari samuddaṁ saūmiṁ savīciṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagahaṁ sarakkhasaṁ, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo’”ti.
is said to have crossed over the ocean with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters. Crossed over and gone beyond, that brahmin stands on the shore.” pāraṅgato → pāragato (bj, sya-all)
Somaṁ samuddaṁ sagahaṁ sarakkhasaṁ,
have crossed the ocean so hard to cross,

iti84 Bahujanahitasutta arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tasseva satthu sāvako arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto.
Furthermore, it’s when a mendicant is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. satthu → satthuno (sya-all)

iti90 Aggappasādasutta arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññināsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception. bahuppadā → bahupadā (mr) "

iti99 Tevijjasutta ahaṁ tamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammena tevijjaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ paññāpemi, nāññaṁ lapitalāpanamattenā”ti.
That’s how I describe a brahmin who is master of the three Vedic knowledges in terms of the teaching, not by mere oral recitation.”
Tamahaṁ vadāmi tevijjaṁ,
That’s who I call a three-knowledge master,

iti104 Sīlasampannasutta sampahaṁsakā dassanampahaṁ savanampahaṁ upasaṅkamanampahaṁ payirupāsanampahaṁ anussaraṇampahaṁ anupabbajjampahaṁ anussatimpahaṁ 9 0 En Ru

“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāsampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā ovādakā viññāpakā sandassakā samādapakā samuttejakā sampahaṁsakā alaṁsamakkhātāro saddhammassa dassanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi;
“Mendicants, take a mendicant who is accomplished in ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom. They advise and instruct. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire, and can rightly explain the true teaching. Even the sight of those mendicants is very helpful, I say.
savanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi;
Even to hear them,
upasaṅkamanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi;
approach them,
payirupāsanampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi;
pay homage to them,
anussaraṇampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi;
recollect them, anussaraṇampahaṁ → anussatimpahaṁ (sya-all)
anupabbajjampahaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahūpakāraṁ vadāmi.
or go forth after them is very helpful, I say.

snp1.4 Kasibhāradvājasutta ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi ca; kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmi.
“I plough and sow, ascetic, and then I eat.

snp1.7 Vasalasutta anarahaṁ arahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Yo ve anarahaṁ santo,
He claims to be a perfected one, anarahaṁ → anarahā (bj, pts-vp-pli1)
Arahaṁ paṭijānāti;
when he really is no such thing. paṭijānāti → paṭijānati (bj, sya-all, pts-vp-pli1)

snp1.10 Āḷavakasutta ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

So ahaṁ vicarissāmi,
I myself will journey

snp1.12 Munisutta sabbañjahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Sabbañjahaṁ taṇhakkhaye vimuttaṁ,
has given up all, freed in the ending of craving:

snp2.5 Sūcilomasutta lomahaṁso ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Yāvāhaṁ jānāmi yadi vā so samaṇo, yadi vā so samaṇako”ti.
I’ll soon find out whether he’s an ascetic or a faker.” Yāvāhaṁ jānāmi → yāva jānāmi (bj, pts-vp-pli1); yāva ahaṁ pajānāmi (sya-all) | yadi vā so samaṇo → yadi vā samaṇo (sya-all) | yadi vā so samaṇako”ti → yadi vā samaṇakoti (bj, sya-all, pts-vp-pli1) "
Aratī ratī lomahaṁso kutojā;
From where spring discontent, desire, and terror?
Aratī ratī lomahaṁso itojā;
from here spring discontent, desire, and terror;

snp2.12 sutta ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Taṁ taṁ ahaṁ vīra tatheva maññe;
my hero, that is what I think of you. vīra → dhīra (bj, sya-all, pts-vp-pli1)

snp2.14 Dhammikasutta yathārahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yathārahaṁ saṁvibhajetha viññū.
to the mendicant Saṅgha as is fitting.

snp3.1 Pabbajjāsutta rājagahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Agamā rājagahaṁ buddho,
The Buddha went to Rājagaha,

snp3.5 Māghasutta pucchāmahaṁ agahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Pucchāmahaṁ gotamaṁ vadaññuṁ,
“I ask the bountiful Gotama,”
Kāsāyavāsiṁ agahaṁ carantaṁ;
“wearing an ochre robe, wandering homeless. agahaṁ → agihaṁ (bj, pts-vp-pli1); agehaṁ (mr)

snp3.6 Sabhiyasutta rājagahaṁ ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Atha kho sabhiyo paribbājako yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.
Then Sabhiya set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ veḷuvanaṁ kalandakanivāpo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.
Traveling stage by stage, he came to Rājagaha, the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. He went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.
Ahaṁ antaṁ karomi te”ti.
question you have.”
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti, upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya, ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi; catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”

snp3.7 Selasutta arahaṁ sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito kahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ bhagavā’ti → bhagavā (sya-all, pts-vp-pli1)
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho keṇiyaṁ jaṭilaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then he said to the Buddha,
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world. vivaṭṭacchado → vivattacchaddo (bj, pts-vp-pli1)
Kahaṁ pana, bho keṇiya, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
“But Keṇiya, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”

snp3.8 Sallasutta sokamappajahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Sokamappajahaṁ jantu,
Unless a person gives up grief,

snp3.9 Vāseṭṭhasutta ahaṁ tamahaṁ 30 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ pokkharasātissa,
I’m a student of Pokkharasādi,
“Tesaṁ vo ahaṁ byakkhissaṁ,
“I shall explain to you,”
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
Tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.

snp3.11 Nālakasutta lomahaṁsano ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Tadāpi netādiso lomahaṁsano,
there was no such excitement.
Yathā ahaṁ tathā ete,
‘As am I, so are they;
Yathā ete tathā ahaṁ;
as are they, so am I’—

snp4.6 Jarāsutta pariggahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tasmā munayo pariggahaṁ,
That’s why the sages, seers of sanctuary,

snp4.9 Māgaṇḍiyasutta maññāmahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Maññāmahaṁ momuhameva dhammaṁ,
If so, I think this teaching is sheer confusion;

snp4.16 Sāriputtasutta kalahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Kalahaṁ dve ca byūhāni,
byūhāni → vyūhāni (bj, pts-vp-pli1)

snp5.6 passāmahaṁ yamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Passāmahaṁ devamanussaloke,
“I see in the world of gods and humans
Vivekadhammaṁ yamahaṁ vijaññaṁ;
the principle of seclusion so that I may understand.

snp5.7 ahaṁ rattamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Eko ahaṁ sakka mahantamoghaṁ,
“Alone and independent, O Sakyan,”
Taṇhakkhayaṁ nattamahābhipassa”.
watch day and night for the ending of craving.” nattamahābhipassa → rattamahābhipassa (sya-all); rattamahaṁ vipassa (mr)

snp5.10 ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Muniṁ ahaṁ sakka yathā vijaññaṁ,
O Sakyan, elucidate the sage to me,

snp5.12 sutvānahaṁ yamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Sutvānahaṁ vīramakāmakāmiṁ,
“Hearing of the hero with no desire for sensual pleasures,”
Ācikkha dhammaṁ yamahaṁ vijaññaṁ;
to me of little wisdom so that I may understand

snp5.13 okañjahaṁ nandiñjahaṁ kappañjahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Okañjahaṁ taṇhacchidaṁ anejaṁ,
“I beseech you, the shelter-leaver, the craving-cutter, the imperturbable,”
Nandiñjahaṁ oghatiṇṇaṁ vimuttaṁ;
“the delight-leaver, the flood-crosser, the freed,
Kappañjahaṁ abhiyāce sumedhaṁ,
the formulation-leaver, the intelligent.

snp5.17 yamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ācikkha dhammaṁ yamahaṁ vijaññaṁ;
Explain the teaching so that I may understand
Ācikkha dhammaṁ yamahaṁ vijaññaṁ,
Explain the teaching so that I may understand

snp5.19 evampahaṁ 1 3 En Ru

Evampahaṁ appadasse pahāya,
I’ve left the near-sighted behind,

ud1.6 Mahākassapasutta With Mahākassapa rājagahaṁ tamahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“yannūnāhaṁ rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya paviseyyan”ti.
“Why not enter Rājagaha for almsfood?”
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tāni pañcamattāni devatāsatāni paṭikkhipitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi—
But Mahākasspa refused those deities. In the morning, he robed up, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for alms.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇan”ti.
that’s who I call a brahmin.” "

ud1.7 Ajakalāpakasutta At Ajakalāpaka lomahaṁsaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho ajakalāpako yakkho bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre tikkhattuṁ “akkulo pakkulo”ti akkulapakkulikaṁ akāsi:
Then Ajakalāpaka, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, approached him, and while not far away yelled three times, “Grr! Arrgh!” Then he added,

ud1.8 Saṅgāmajisutta With Saṅgāmaji tamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇan”ti.
that’s who I call a brahmin.” "

ud1.10 Bāhiyasutta With Bāhiya ahaṁ arahaṁ kahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“ye kho keci loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro”ti.
“I am one of those in the world who are perfected or on the path to perfection.”
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
There that Blessed One is now staying, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, etarahi bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho?
“Sirs, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?

ud2.8 Suppavāsāsutta Suppavāsā ahaṁ iccheyyāmahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“Dvinnaṁ kho te ahaṁ, āvuso, dhammānaṁ pāṭibhogo—
“I can guarantee you two things— Dvinnaṁ kho te ahaṁ → dvinnaṁ kho tesaṁ (pts-vp-pli1); dvinnaṁ kho nesaṁ (mr)
“Iccheyyāmahaṁ, bhagavā, aññānipi evarūpāni satta puttānī”ti.
“Sir, I would like to have seven more children like this!”

ud2.10 Bhaddiyasutta With Bhaddiya ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

So kho ahaṁ, bhante, evaṁ rakkhito gopito santo bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrāsī vihāsiṁ.
But although I was guarded and defended in this way, I remained fearful, scared, suspicious, and nervous.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṁ udānaṁ udānesiṁ:
It is for this reason that, even in the wilderness, at the foot of a tree, or in an empty dwelling, I frequently expressed this heartfelt sentiment: Imaṁ → idaṁ (bj, mr) | udānesiṁ → udānemi (bj, mr) "

ud3.2 Nandasutta With Nanda ahaṁ abhiramissāmahaṁ muñcāmahaṁ 7 3 En Ru

“anabhirato ahaṁ, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ carāmi;
“I lead the spiritual life dissatisfied.
‘anabhirato ahaṁ, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ carāmi, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ, sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’”ti.

‘anabhirato ahaṁ, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ carāmi, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ, sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’”ti?
you are unable to keep up the spiritual life; that you shall resign the training and return to a lesser life?”
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, tamanussaramāno anabhirato brahmacariyaṁ carāmi, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṁ sandhāretuṁ, sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī”ti.
Recalling that, I am dissatisfied and shall resign the training.”
Ahaṁ te pāṭibhogo pañcannaṁ accharāsatānaṁ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādānan”ti.
I guarantee you five hundred dove-footed nymphs.”
“Sace me, bhante, bhagavā pāṭibhogo pañcannaṁ accharāsatānaṁ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādānaṁ, abhiramissāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati brahmacariye”ti.
“If, sir, you guarantee me five hundred dove-footed nymphs, I shall happily lead the spiritual life under the Buddha.” bhagavati brahmacariye”ti → bhagavā brahmacariyeti (sya-all, pts-vp-pli1); bhagavā brahmacariyanti (mr)
“yaṁ me, bhante, bhagavā pāṭibhogo pañcannaṁ accharāsatānaṁ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādānaṁ, muñcāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ etasmā paṭissavā”ti.
“Sir, you guaranteed me five hundred dove-footed nymphs. I release you from that promise.”

ud3.7 Sakkudānasutta Sakka’s Heartfelt Saying rājagahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“yannūnāhaṁ rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya paviseyyan”ti.
“Why not enter Rājagaha for almsfood?”
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tāni pañcamattāni devatāsatāni paṭikkhipitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
But Mahākasspa refused those deities. In the morning, he robed up, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for alms.

ud4.1 Meghiyasutta With Meghiya icchāmahaṁ ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“icchāmahaṁ, bhante, jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisitun”ti.
“Sir, I’d like to enter Jantu village for alms.”
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṁ pāsādikaṁ manuññaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ.
anuvicaramāno → anuvicaramāno addasaṁ (sabbattha)

ud4.3 Gopālakasutta The Cowherd sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito sampahaṁsetvā 3 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ gopālakaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk. samādapesi → samādāpesi (?)
Atha kho so gopālako bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then the cowherd said to the Buddha, samādapito → samādāpito (?)
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ gopālakaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching, after which he got up and left.

ud4.5 Nāgasutta A Bull Elephant ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi.
“These days I live crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples.
ahaṁ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchanti, ākiṇṇo dukkhaṁ na phāsu viharāmi.
“These days I live crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I eat the grass they’ve trampled, and they eat the broken branches I’ve dragged down. I drink muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bump into me. Crowded, I live in suffering and discomfort.
ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi, ākiṇṇo dukkhaṁ na phāsu vihāsiṁ.
“Formerly I lived crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples. Crowded, I live in suffering and discomfort.
ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu, ākiṇṇo dukkhaṁ na phāsu vihāsiṁ.
“Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Crowded, I lived in suffering and discomfort.

ud4.9 Upasenasutta With Upasena arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

satthā ca me bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
My Teacher is the Blessed One, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.

ud5.1 Piyatarasutta Who Is More Dear? ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, mallikaṁ deviṁ etadavocaṁ:

ud5.3 Suppabuddhakuṭṭhisutta With Suppabuddha the Leper sampahaṁsito 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavatā bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
After Suppabuddha had been educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired with a Dhamma talk by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.
“yo so, bhante, suppabuddho nāma kuṭṭhī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito, so kālaṅkato.
“The leper called Suppabuddha, after being educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired with a Dhamma talk by the Buddha, has passed away.

ud5.6 Soṇasutta With Soṇa ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Ekavasso ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.
“I have one rains, Blessed One.”

ud5.8 Saṅghabhedasutta Schism in the Saṅgha rājagahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando tadahuposathe pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Now at that time Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ.

ud6.1 Āyusaṅkhārossajjanasutta Surrendering the Life Force lomahaṁso 1 0 En Ru

Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako lomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. devadundubhiyo → devadudrabhiyo (mr) "

ud6.2 Sattajaṭilasutta Seven Matted-Hair Ascetics ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tehi paṭhamaṁ ociṇṇaṁ ahaṁ pacchā osārissāmi.
First they go undercover, then I have them report to me. osārissāmi → otarissāmi (bj, sya-all); oyāyissāmi (bj-a, sya-a); osāpayissāmi (pts-vp-pli1 sn3.11:1 [11. Sattajaṭilasutta])

ud6.6 Tatiyanānātitthiyasutta Followers of Various Other Religions (3rd) ahaṅkārapasutāyaṁ ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Ahaṅkārapasutāyaṁ pajā,
“Folk are fixated on the I-maker,
Ahaṁ karomīti na tassa hoti;
they do not think, ‘I make it’,

ud6.8 Gaṇikāsutta The Courtesan rājagahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu.
Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Rājagaha for alms.

ud7.1 Paṭhamalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasutta Bhaddiya the Dwarf (1st) sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsiyamānassa sampahaṁsiyamānaṁ 3 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring Venerable Bhaddiya the Dwarf in many ways with a Dhamma talk. samādapeti → samādāpeti (?)
Atha kho āyasmato lakuṇḍakabhaddiyassa āyasmatā sāriputtena anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānassa samādapiyamānassa samuttejiyamānassa sampahaṁsiyamānassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci.
Then after being taught like this Bhaddiya’s mind was freed from defilements by not grasping.
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ āyasmatā sāriputtena anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānaṁ samādapiyamānaṁ samuttejiyamānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.
The Buddha saw what had happened. vimuttaṁ → cittaṁ vimuñcamānaṁ (bj); vimuttacittaṁ (?)

ud7.2 Dutiyalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasutta Bhaddiya the Dwarf (2nd) sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsentaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ sekhaṁ maññamāno bhiyyoso mattāya anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring Venerable Bhaddiya the Dwarf in even more ways with a Dhamma talk, thinking that he was still a trainee. sekhaṁ → sekkhaṁ (bj); sekkhoti (sya-all); sekhoti (pts-vp-pli1)
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āyasmantaṁ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṁ sekhaṁ maññamānaṁ bhiyyoso mattāya anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassentaṁ samādapentaṁ samuttejentaṁ sampahaṁsentaṁ.
The Buddha saw what was happening.

ud8.1 Paṭhamanibbānapaṭisaṁyuttasutta About Extinguishment (1st) sampahaṁseti 1 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.

ud8.2 Dutiyanibbānapaṭisaṁyuttasutta About Extinguishment (2nd) sampahaṁseti 1 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.

ud8.3 Tatiyanibbānapaṭisaṁyuttasutta About Extinguishment (3rd) sampahaṁseti 1 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.

ud8.4 Catutthanibbānapaṭisaṁyuttasutta About Extinguishment (4th) sampahaṁseti 1 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.

ud8.5 Cundasutta With Cunda sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito sampahaṁsetvā gacchāmahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then Cunda said to the Buddha,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
“Gacchāmahaṁ kusināraṁ nagaran”ti.
“I’ll go to the citadel of Kusinārā.”

ud8.6 Pāṭaligāmiyasutta The Layfolk of Pāṭali Village sampahaṁsetvā 1 2 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmiye upāsake bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the lay followers of Pāṭali Village with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them,

ud8.9 Paṭhamadabbasutta With Dabba (1st) vedānāpītidahaṁsu pi’tidahaṁsu 2 1 En Ru

Vedanā sītibhaviṁsu sabbā;
all feelings have become cool; sītibhaviṁsu → vedānāpītidahaṁsu (sya-all); vedanā pi’tidahaṁsu (pts-vp-pli1); sītidahiṁsu (mr) "

mn1 Mūlapariyāyasutta The Root of All Things arahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti;
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—directly knows earth as earth.
Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññā vimutto, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti;
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—directly knows earth as earth.
Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti;
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—directly knows earth as earth.
Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, sopi pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti;
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—directly knows earth as earth.
Tathāgatopi, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti;
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha directly knows earth as earth.
Tathāgatopi, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pathaviṁ pathavito abhijānāti;
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha directly knows earth as earth.

mn2 Sabbāsavasutta All the Defilements ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“Jānato ahaṁ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi, no ajānato no apassato.
“Mendicants, I say that the ending of defilements is for one who knows and sees, not for one who does not know or see.
‘ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ? Na nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ? Kiṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ? Kathaṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ? Kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ?
‘Did I exist in the past? Did I not exist in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? After being what, what did I become in the past?
Bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṁ anāgatamaddhānaṁ? Na nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ? Kiṁ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ? Kathaṁ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ? Kiṁ hutvā kiṁ bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṁ anāgatamaddhānan’ti?
Will I exist in the future? Will I not exist in the future? What will I be in the future? How will I be in the future? After being what, what will I become in the future?’
ahaṁ nu khosmi? No nu khosmi? Kiṁ nu khosmi? Kathaṁ nu khosmi? Ayaṁ nu kho satto kuto āgato? So kuhiṁ gāmī bhavissatī’ti?
‘Am I? Am I not? What am I? How am I? This sentient being—where did it come from? And where will it go?’

mn3 Dhammadāyādasutta Heirs in the Teaching ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ khomhi, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāvadattho;
‘Mendicants, I have eaten and refused more food, being full, and having had as much as I need.

mn4 Bhayabheravasutta Fear and Dread ahaṁ tesamahaṁ etamahaṁ vigatalomahaṁsohamasmi vigatalomahaṁsā vigatalomahaṁsataṁ salomahaṁsāni idamahaṁ 46 1 En Ru

Ye te, brāhmaṇa, kulaputtā mamaṁ uddissa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā, ahaṁ tesaṁ pubbaṅgamo, ahaṁ tesaṁ bahukāro, ahaṁ tesaṁ samādapetā;

Ye hi vo ariyā parisuddhakāyakammantā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.
I am one of those noble ones who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest with purified conduct of body, speech, and mind.’
Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhakāyakammataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.
Seeing this purity of conduct in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest.
Ye hi vo ariyā parisuddhājīvā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.
I am one of those noble ones who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest with purified livelihood.’
Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, parisuddhājīvataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.
Seeing this purity of livelihood in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest.
Ye hi vo ariyā anabhijjhālū araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti, tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anabhijjhālutaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā mettacittā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mettacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā vigatathinamiddhā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatathinamiddhataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā vūpasantacittā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti, tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vūpasantacittataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā tiṇṇavicikicchā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, tiṇṇavicikicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā anattukkaṁsakā aparavambhī araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, anattukkaṁsakataṁ aparavambhitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

vigatalomahaṁsohamasmi.
I don’t get startled …’
Ye hi vo ariyā vigatalomahaṁsā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vigatalomahaṁsataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā appicchā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, appicchataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā āraddhavīriyā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āraddhavīriyataṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā upaṭṭhitassatī araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, upaṭṭhitassatitaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā samādhisampannā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.

Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samādhisampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.

Ye hi vo ariyā paññāsampannā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti tesamahaṁ aññataro’ti.
I am one of those noble ones who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest accomplished in wisdom.’
Etamahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadaṁ attani sampassamāno bhiyyo pallomamāpādiṁ araññe vihārāya.
Seeing this accomplishment of wisdom in myself I felt even more unruffled about staying in the forest.
tathārūpāsu rattīsu yāni tāni ārāmacetiyāni vanacetiyāni rukkhacetiyāni bhiṁsanakāni salomahaṁsāni tathārūpesu senāsanesu vihareyyaṁ appeva nāmāhaṁ bhayabheravaṁ passeyyan’ti.
On such nights, why don’t I stay in awe-inspiring and hair-raising shrines in parks, forests, and trees? In such lodgings, hopefully I might see that fear and dread.’
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, aparena samayena yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā—
Some time later, that’s what I did.
tathārūpāsu rattīsu yāni tāni ārāmacetiyāni vanacetiyāni rukkhacetiyāni bhiṁsanakāni salomahaṁsāni tathārūpesu senāsanesu viharāmi.

‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ aññadatthu bhayapaṭikaṅkhī viharāmi?
‘Why do I always meditate expecting that fear and terror to come?
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, neva tāva tiṭṭhāmi na nisīdāmi na nipajjāmi, yāva caṅkamantova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivinemi.
I didn’t stand still or sit down or lie down until I had got rid of that fear and dread while walking.
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, neva tāva caṅkamāmi na nisīdāmi na nipajjāmi. Yāva ṭhitova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivinemi.
I didn’t walk or sit down or lie down until I had got rid of that fear and dread while standing.
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, neva tāva nipajjāmi na tiṭṭhāmi na caṅkamāmi, yāva nisinnova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivinemi.
I didn’t lie down or stand still or walk until I had got rid of that fear and dread while sitting.
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, neva tāva nisīdāmi na tiṭṭhāmi na caṅkamāmi, yāva nipannova taṁ bhayabheravaṁ paṭivinemi.
I didn’t sit up or stand still or walk until I had got rid of that fear and dread while lying down.
Idamahaṁ tesaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ sammohavihārasmiṁ vadāmi.
This meditation of theirs is delusional, I say.
Ahaṁ kho pana, brāhmaṇa, rattiṁyeva samānaṁ rattīti sañjānāmi, divāyeva samānaṁ divāti sañjānāmi.
I perceive that it’s night when in fact it is night, and perceive that it’s day when in fact it is day.
So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
Dve kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, atthavase sampassamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevāmi—
I see two reasons to frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.

mn5 Anaṅgaṇasutta Unblemished rājagahaṁ 1 10 En Ru

Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ.
Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.

mn7 Vatthasutta The Simile of the Cloth arahaṁ 1 4 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti;
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

mn8 Sallekhasutta Self-Effacement ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Cittuppādampi kho ahaṁ, cunda, kusalesu dhammesu bahukāraṁ vadāmi, ko pana vādo kāyena vācāya anuvidhīyanāsu.
Cunda, I say that even giving rise to the thought of skillful qualities is very helpful, let alone following that path in body and speech. bahukāraṁ → bahūpakāraṁ (mr)

mn11 Cūḷasīhanādasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Lion’s Roar arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tathāgato ca kho, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sabbupādānapariññāvādo paṭijānamāno sammā sabbupādānapariññaṁ paññapeti—
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha claims to propound the complete understanding of all kinds of grasping.

mn12 Mahāsīhanādasutta The Longer Discourse on the Lion’s Roar arahaṁ etamahaṁ ahaṁ lomahaṁsanapariyāyotveva etampahaṁ 31 32 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ, buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Etamahaṁ, sāriputta, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured. Etamahaṁ → etampahaṁ (bj, pts1ed)
Etamahaṁ, sāriputta, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, sāriputta, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, sāriputta, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, sāriputta, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Etamahaṁ, sāriputta, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and assured.
Evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—
mn12
Evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—
mn12
Evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—
mn12
Evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—
mn12
Evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—
mn12
Evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi:
In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of a person, I understand:
so kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, satova abhikkamāmi, satova paṭikkamāmi, yāva udakabindumhipi me dayā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti:
I’d step forward or back ever so mindfully, so I was full of pity regarding even a drop of water, thinking:
so kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, aññataraṁ araññāyatanaṁ ajjhogāhetvā viharāmi.
I would plunge deep into a wilderness region and stay there.
evameva kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, yadā passāmi gopālakaṁ vā pasupālakaṁ vā tiṇahārakaṁ vā kaṭṭhahārakaṁ vā vanakammikaṁ vā vanena vanaṁ gahanena gahanaṁ ninnena ninnaṁ thalena thalaṁ sampatāmi.
mn12
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ye te goṭṭhā paṭṭhitagāvo apagatagopālakā, tattha catukkuṇḍiko upasaṅkamitvā yāni tāni vacchakānaṁ taruṇakānaṁ dhenupakānaṁ gomayāni tāni sudaṁ āhāremi.
I would go on all fours into the cow-pens after the cattle had left and eat the dung of the young suckling calves.
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, aññataraṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā viharāmi.
I would plunge deep into an awe-inspiring forest grove and stay there.
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, yā tā rattiyo sītā hemantikā antaraṭṭhakā himapātasamayā tathārūpāsu rattīsu rattiṁ abbhokāse viharāmi, divā vanasaṇḍe;
And on days such as the cold spell when the snow falls in the January winter, I stayed in the open by night and in the forest by day. antaraṭṭhakā himapātasamayā → antaraṭṭhake himapātasamaye (bj, pts1ed)
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, susāne seyyaṁ kappemi chavaṭṭhikāni upadhāya.
I would make my bed in a charnel ground, with the bones of the dead for a pillow.
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly.
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘vaccaṁ vā muttaṁ vā karissāmī’ti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to urinate or defecate I fell face down right there.
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, tameva kāyaṁ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anomajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, sāriputta, pāṇinā gattāni anomajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā patanti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to relieve my body by rubbing my limbs with my hands, the hair, rotted at its roots, fell out.
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, sāriputta, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.
mn12
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, ‘vaccaṁ vā muttaṁ vā karissāmī’ti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya.
mn12
So kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, tameva kāyaṁ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anomajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, sāriputta, pāṇinā gattāni anomajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā patanti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to relieve my body by rubbing my limbs with my hands, the hair, rotted at its roots, fell out.
Tāyapi kho ahaṁ, sāriputta, iriyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamaṁ uttariṁ manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ.
But Sāriputta, I did not achieve any superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones by that conduct, that practice, that grueling work.
Ahaṁ kho pana, sāriputta, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, āsītiko me vayo vattati.
For now I am old, elderly, and senior, I’m advanced in years, and have reached the final stage of life. I am eighty years old.
“Tasmātiha tvaṁ, nāgasamāla, imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ lomahaṁsanapariyāyotveva naṁ dhārehī”ti.
“Well then, Nāgasamāla, you may remember this exposition of the teaching as ‘The Hair-raising Discourse’.”

mn14 Cūḷadukkhakkhandhasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Mass of Suffering ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, mahānāma, te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṁ:
When they said this, I said to them,
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pahomi aniñjamāno kāyena, abhāsamāno vācaṁ, ekaṁ rattindivaṁ ekantasukhaṁ paṭisaṁvedī viharituṁ.
‘But I am capable of experiencing perfect happiness for one day and night without moving my body or speaking.
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pahomi aniñjamāno kāyena, abhāsamāno vācaṁ, dve rattindivāni …
I am capable of experiencing perfect happiness for two days …
Taṁ kiṁ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, evaṁ sante ko sukhavihāritaro rājā vā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro ahaṁ vā’ti?
What do you think, reverends? This being so, who lives in greater pleasure, King Bimbisāra or I?’

mn17 Vanapatthasutta Jungle Thickets ahaṁ 8 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharāmi, tassa me imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati na upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṁ na samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā na parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nānupāpuṇāmi.
‘While living close by this jungle thicket, my mindfulness does not become established, my mind does not become immersed in samādhi, my defilements do not come to an end, and I do not arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.
ahaṁ kho imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharāmi. Tassa me imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati na upaṭṭhāti asamāhitañca cittaṁ na samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā na parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nānupāpuṇāmi.
‘While living close by this jungle thicket, my mindfulness does not become established …
ahaṁ kho imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharāmi.

ahaṁ kho imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharāmi. Tassa me imaṁ vanapatthaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati upaṭṭhāti asamāhitañca cittaṁ samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāmi.
‘While living close by this jungle thicket, my mindfulness becomes established …
ahaṁ kho imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharāmi. Tassa me imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati na upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṁ na samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā na parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nānupāpuṇāmi.
‘… my mindfulness does not become established …
ahaṁ kho imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharāmi. Tassa me imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati na upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṁ na samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā na parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nānupāpuṇāmi.
‘… my mindfulness does not become established …
ahaṁ kho imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharāmi. Tassa me imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṁ samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāmi.
‘… my mindfulness becomes established …
ahaṁ kho imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharāmi. Tassa me imaṁ puggalaṁ upanissāya viharato anupaṭṭhitā ceva sati upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṁ samādhiyati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāmi.
‘While living supported by this person, my mindfulness becomes established …

mn18 Madhupiṇḍikasutta The Honey-Cake ahaṁ 5 2 En Ru

evaṁvādī kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evamakkhāyī”ti.
That is my doctrine, and that is what I assert.”
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, daṇḍapāṇiṁ sakkaṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn18
evaṁvādī kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evamakkhāyī’ti.
mn18
etthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhantī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi—
just this is the end of the underlying tendencies to desire, repulsion, views, doubt, conceit, the desire to be reborn, and ignorance. This is the end of taking up the rod and the sword, the end of quarrels, arguments, and disputes, of accusations, divisive speech, and lies. This is where these bad, unskillful qualities cease without anything left over.’ This is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.
etthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhantī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
mn18

mn19 Dvedhāvitakkasutta Two Kinds of Thought ahaṁ garahaṁ 8 11 En Ru

So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yo cāyaṁ kāmavitakko yo ca byāpādavitakko yo ca vihiṁsāvitakko—
So I assigned sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, uppannuppannaṁ kāmavitakkaṁ pajahameva vinodameva byantameva naṁ akāsiṁ.
So I gave up, got rid of, and eliminated any sensual thoughts that arose. pajahameva → pajjahameva (sya-all); pajahāmeva (pts1ed) | byantameva → byanteva (bj, pts1ed) | vinodameva → vinodanameva (sya-all); vinodemeva (pts1ed)
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, uppannuppannaṁ vihiṁsāvitakkaṁ pajahameva vinodameva byantameva naṁ akāsiṁ.
So I gave up, got rid of, and eliminated any cruel thoughts that arose.
Passati hi so, bhikkhave, gopālako tatonidānaṁ vadhaṁ vā bandhanaṁ vā jāniṁ vā garahaṁ vā.
For he sees that if they wander into the crops he could be executed, imprisoned, fined, or condemned.
Evameva kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, addasaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ vodānapakkhaṁ.
In the same way, I saw that unskillful qualities have the drawbacks of sordidness and corruption, and that skillful qualities have the benefit and cleansing power of renunciation.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, ajjhattameva cittaṁ saṇṭhapemi sannisādemi ekodiṁ karomi samādahāmi.
So I stilled, settled, unified, and immersed my mind internally. sannisādemi ekodiṁ karomi → ekodi karomi (pts1ed)
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, ajjhattameva cittaṁ saṇṭhapemi, sannisādemi, ekodiṁ karomi samādahāmi.
So I stilled, settled, unified, and immersed my mind internally.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.

mn20 Vitakkasaṇṭhānasutta How to Stop Thinking ahaṁ cūḷasīhanādalomahaṁsavaro 5 5 En Ru

‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ sīghaṁ gacchāmi?
‘Why am I walking so quickly?
‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ saṇikaṁ gacchāmi?
‘Why am I walking slowly?
‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ ṭhito?
‘Why am I standing still?
‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ nisinno?
‘Why am I sitting?
Cūḷasīhanādalomahaṁsavaro,
mn20

mn21 Kakacūpamasutta The Simile of the Saw ahaṁ tamahaṁ 7 10 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ekāsanabhojanaṁ bhuñjāmi.
‘I eat my food in one sitting per day.
Ekāsanabhojanaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhuñjamāno appābādhatañca sañjānāmi appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca.
Doing so, I find that I’m healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.
Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁyeva sakkaronto, dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto, dhammaṁ mānento, dhammaṁ pūjento, dhammaṁ apacāyamāno suvaco hoti, sovacassataṁ āpajjati, tamahaṁ ‘suvaco’ti vadāmi.
But when a mendicant is easy to admonish purely because they honor, respect, revere, worship, and venerate the teaching, then I say that they’re easy to admonish. dhammaṁ mānento, dhammaṁ pūjento, dhammaṁ apacāyamāno → dhammaṁyeva sakkaronto dhammaṁ garukaronto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
ahaṁ imaṁ mahāpathaviṁ apathaviṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘I shall make this great earth be without earth!’
ahaṁ imasmiṁ ākāse rūpaṁ likhissāmi, rūpapātubhāvaṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘I shall draw pictures in space, making pictures appear there.’
ahaṁ imāya ādittāya tiṇukkāya gaṅgaṁ nadiṁ santāpessāmi samparitāpessāmī’ti.
‘I shall burn and scorch the river Ganges with this blazing grass torch.’
ahaṁ imaṁ biḷārabhastaṁ madditaṁ sumadditaṁ suparimadditaṁ, mudukaṁ tūliniṁ, chinnasassaraṁ chinnabhabbharaṁ kaṭṭhena vā kathalena vā sarasaraṁ karissāmi bharabharaṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘I shall make this soft catskin bag rustle and crackle with this stick or stone.’

mn22 Alagaddūpamasutta The Simile of the Cobra ahaṁ pariggahaṁ 9 7 En Ru

“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.”
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.
mn22
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.
mn22
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.
mn22
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi: ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’”ti.
“Absolutely, sir. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.”
Yassa ca pana me bhāsitassa atthaṁ na ājāneyyātha, ahaṁ vo tattha paṭipucchitabbo, ye vā panāssu viyattā bhikkhū.
But if I’ve said anything that you don’t understand, you should ask me about it, or some competent mendicants.
Taṁ, bhikkhave, pariggahaṁ pariggaṇheyyātha, yvāssa pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṁ tatheva tiṭṭheyya.
Mendicants, it would make sense to be possessive about something that’s permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, and will last forever and ever. yvāssa → yvāssu (mr) | Taṁ → tañca (mr)
Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṁ pariggahaṁ yvāssa pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṁ tatheva tiṭṭheyyā”ti?
But do you see any such possession?”
Ahampi kho taṁ, bhikkhave, pariggahaṁ na samanupassāmi yvāssa pariggaho nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva tiṭṭheyya.
I also can’t see any such possession.

mn24 Rathavinītasutta Chariots at the Ready sampahaṁsako sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito 5 1 En Ru

‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca santuṭṭho santuṭṭhikathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca pavivitto pavivekakathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca asaṁsaṭṭho asaṁsaggakathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca āraddhavīriyo vīriyārambhakathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca sīlasampanno sīlasampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca samādhisampanno samādhisampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca paññāsampanno paññāsampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca vimuttisampanno vimuttisampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadākathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, ovādako viññāpako sandassako samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnan’”ti?
‘Personally having few wishes, they speak to the mendicants on having few wishes. Personally having contentment, seclusion, aloofness, energy, ethics, immersion, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom, they speak to the mendicants on all these things. They’re an adviser and instructor, one who educates, encourages, fires up, and inspires their spiritual companions.’”
‘attanā ca appiccho appicchakathañca bhikkhūnaṁ kattā, attanā ca santuṭṭho …pe… ovādako viññāpako sandassako samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnan’”ti.
mn24
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena andhavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya.
Then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, Puṇṇa got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Dark Forest for the day’s meditation.
“yassa kho tvaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, puṇṇassa nāma bhikkhuno mantāṇiputtassa abhiṇhaṁ kittayamāno ahosi, so bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena andhavanaṁ tena pakkanto divāvihārāyā”ti.
“Reverend Sāriputta, the mendicant named Puṇṇa, of whom you have often spoken so highly, after being inspired by a talk of the Buddha’s, left for the Dark Forest for the day’s meditation.”

mn25 Nivāpasutta Sowing ahaṁ 4 8 En Ru

Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, paṭhamā migajātā tathūpame ahaṁ ime paṭhame samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
This first group of ascetics and brahmins is just like the first herd of deer, I say.
Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, dutiyā migajātā tathūpame ahaṁ ime dutiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
This second group of ascetics and brahmins is just like the second herd of deer, I say.
Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, tatiyā migajātā tathūpame ahaṁ ime tatiye samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
This third group of ascetics and brahmins is just like the third herd of deer, I say.
Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, catutthā migajātā tathūpame ahaṁ ime catutthe samaṇabrāhmaṇe vadāmi.
This fourth group of ascetics and brahmins is just like the fourth herd of deer, I say.

mn26 Pāsarāsisutta The Noble Quest ahaṁ icchāmahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ kahaṁ arahaṁ 43 6 En Ru

‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṁyeva pariyesāmi, attanā jarādhammo samāno …pe… byādhidhammo samāno … maraṇadhammo samāno … sokadhammo samāno … attanā saṅkilesadhammo samāno saṅkilesadhammaṁyeva pariyesāmi?
‘Why do I, being liable to be reborn, grow old, fall sick, sorrow, die, and become corrupted, seek things that have the same nature?
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena daharova samāno susukāḷakeso, bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ assumukhānaṁ rudantānaṁ kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.
Some time later, while still black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life—though my mother and father wished otherwise, weeping with tearful faces—I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.
‘I have, reverend.’
Yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi.
The teaching that you’ve realized with your own insight, and dwell having achieved it, I’ve realized with my own insight, and declare having achieved it.
Iti yāhaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi taṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi, yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi.
So the teaching that I know, you know, and the teaching that you know, I know.
Iti yādiso ahaṁ tādiso tuvaṁ, yādiso tuvaṁ tādiso ahaṁ.
I am like you and you are like me.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, kiṁ kusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, udako → uddako (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ āvuso → āvuso rāma (sya-all, mr)
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, kiṁ kusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena uruvelā senānigamo tadavasariṁ.
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. Traveling stage by stage in the Magadhan lands, I arrived at Senānigama in Uruvelā.
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, tattheva nisīdiṁ—
So I sat down right there, thinking,
So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhamme ādīnavaṁ viditvā ajātaṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ pariyesamāno ajātaṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ ajjhagamaṁ, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhamme ādīnavaṁ viditvā ajaraṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ pariyesamāno ajaraṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ ajjhagamaṁ, attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhamme ādīnavaṁ viditvā abyādhiṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ pariyesamāno abyādhiṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ ajjhagamaṁ, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno maraṇadhamme ādīnavaṁ viditvā amataṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ ajjhagamaṁ, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhamme ādīnavaṁ viditvā asokaṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ ajjhagamaṁ, attanā saṅkilesadhammo samāno saṅkilesadhamme ādīnavaṁ viditvā asaṅkiliṭṭhaṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ pariyesamāno asaṅkiliṭṭhaṁ anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ nibbānaṁ ajjhagamaṁ.
And so, being myself liable to be reborn, understanding the drawbacks in being liable to be reborn, I sought the unborn supreme sanctuary from the yoke, extinguishment—and I found it. Being myself liable to grow old, fall sick, die, sorrow, and become corrupted, understanding the drawbacks in these things, I sought the unaging, unailing, undying, sorrowless, uncorrupted supreme sanctuary from the yoke, extinguishment—and I found it.
Atha kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesiṁ.
Then, understanding Brahmā’s invitation, I surveyed the world with the eye of a Buddha, because of my compassion for sentient beings.
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe, tikkhindriye mudindriye, svākāre dvākāre, suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.
And I saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.
evameva kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasaṁ satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe, tikkhindriye mudindriye, svākāre dvākāre, suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.
In the same way, I saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes.
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ;
‘Who should I teach first of all?
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ;
‘Who should I teach first of all?
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ;
‘Who should I teach first of all?
‘kahaṁ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’ti?
‘Where are the group of five mendicants staying these days?’
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharante isipatane migadāye.
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman I saw that the group of five mendicants were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, upakaṁ ājīvakaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsiṁ:
I replied to Upaka in verse:
ahaṁ satthā anuttaro;
I am the supreme Teacher.
Yathā yathā kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, upasaṅkamiṁ tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṁ.
Yet as I drew closer, the group of five mendicants were unable to stop themselves as they had agreed.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So I said to them,
Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Listen up, mendicants: I have achieved the Deathless! I shall instruct you, I will teach you the Dhamma.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So I said to them,
Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Listen up, mendicants: I have achieved the Deathless! I shall instruct you, I will teach you the Dhamma.
Dutiyampi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So for a second time I said to them,
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So I said to them,
‘Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
‘The Realized One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Listen up, mendicants: I have achieved the Deathless! I shall instruct you, I will teach you the Dhamma.
Asakkhiṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ.
I was able to persuade the group of five mendicants.

mn27 Cūḷahatthipadopamasutta The Shorter Simile of the Elephant’s Footprint ahaṁ sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsitā arahaṁ 8 6 En Ru

“Ito hi kho ahaṁ, bho, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā”ti.
“Just now, good sir, I’ve come from the presence of the ascetic Gotama.”
Evameva kho ahaṁ, bho, yato addasaṁ samaṇe gotame cattāri padāni athāhaṁ niṭṭhamagamaṁ:
In the same way, because I saw four footprints of the ascetic Gotama I came to the conclusion,
Te samaṇo gotamo dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
The ascetic Gotama educates, encourages, fires up, and inspires them with a Dhamma talk.
Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṁ āropessanti?
They don’t even get around to asking their question to the ascetic Gotama, so how could they refute his answer? kutossa → kutassa (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Te samaṇo gotamo dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
mn27
Te samaṇena gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kutossa vādaṁ āropessanti?
They don’t even get around to asking their question to the ascetic Gotama, so how could they refute his answer?
Yato kho ahaṁ, bho, samaṇe gotame imāni cattāri padāni addasaṁ athāhaṁ niṭṭhamagamaṁ:
It’s because I saw these four footprints of the ascetic Gotama that I came to the conclusion,
Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
In the same way, brahmin, a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

mn28 Mahāhatthipadopamasutta The Longer Simile of the Elephant’s Footprint saṅgahaṁ 11 6 En Ru

evameva kho, āvuso, ye keci kusalā dhammā sabbete catūsu ariyasaccesu saṅgahaṁ gacchanti.
In the same way, all skillful qualities are included in the four noble truths.
Yaṁ tathābhūtassa rūpaṁ taṁ rūpupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa vedanā sā vedanupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa saññā sā saññupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati, ye tathābhūtassa saṅkhārā te saṅkhārupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchanti, yaṁ tathābhūtassa viññāṇaṁ taṁ viññāṇupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati.
The form produced in this way is included in the grasping aggregate of form. The feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness produced in this way are each included in the corresponding grasping aggregate.
Yaṁ tathābhūtassa rūpaṁ taṁ rūpupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa vedanā sā vedanupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati, yā tathābhūtassa saññā sā saññupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati, ye tathābhūtassa saṅkhārā te saṅkhārupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchanti, yaṁ tathābhūtassa viññāṇaṁ taṁ viññāṇupādānakkhandhe saṅgahaṁ gacchati.
The form produced in this way is included in the grasping aggregate of form. The feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness produced in this way are each included in the corresponding grasping aggregate.

mn31 Cūḷagosiṅgasutta The Shorter Discourse at Gosiṅga ahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā arahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

So kho ahaṁ, bhante, sakaṁ cittaṁ nikkhipitvā imesaṁyeva āyasmantānaṁ cittassa vasena vattāmi.
And that’s what I do.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, sakaṁ cittaṁ nikkhipitvā imesaṁyeva āyasmantānaṁ cittassa vasena vattāmi.
mn31
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantañca anuruddhaṁ āyasmantañca nandiyaṁ āyasmantañca kimilaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired the venerables Anuruddha, Nandiya, and Kimbila with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.
yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā—
that the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha stays there, as well as these three gentlemen,
yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā—
mn31
yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā—
that the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha stays there, as well as these three gentlemen,

mn32 Mahāgosiṅgasutta The Longer Discourse at Gosiṅga ahaṁ 5 4 En Ru

Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantañca revataṁ āyasmantañca ānandaṁ dūratova āgacchante.
mn32
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ revataṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Revata the same question.
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Anuruddha the same question.
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Mahākassapa the same question.
“Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ bhante āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“Next I asked Mahāmoggallāna the same question.

mn34 Cūḷagopālakasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Cowherd ahaṁ 1 5 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, kusalo imassa lokassa kusalo parassa lokassa, kusalo māradheyyassa kusalo amāradheyyassa, kusalo maccudheyyassa kusalo amaccudheyyassa. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.
Mendicants, I am skilled in this world and the other world, skilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and skilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks I am worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting welfare and happiness.”

mn35 Cūḷasaccakasutta The Shorter Discourse With Saccaka kahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 5 15 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho, bho, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati?
“Good sirs, where is Master Gotama at present?
“Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, sāvake vinemi, evaṁbhāgā ca pana me sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattati:
“This is how I guide my disciples, and my instructions to disciples generally proceed on these topics:
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, sāvake vinemi, evaṁbhāgā ca pana me sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattatī”ti.
This is how I guide my disciples, and how instruction to my disciples generally proceeds.”
“Kittāvatā pana, bho gotama, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti?
“But how do you define a mendicant who is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment?”
Ettāvatā kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto.
That’s how to define a mendicant who is a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.

mn36 Mahāsaccakasutta The Longer Discourse With Saccaka ahaṁ icchāmahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ abhijānāmahaṁ 45 16 En Ru

“Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ bhoto gotamassa.
“I am quite confident that Master Gotama
api ca te ahaṁ byākarissāmi.
Nevertheless, I will answer you.
Yato kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito, taṁ vata me uppannā vā sukhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, uppannā vā dukkhā vedanā cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti.
Ever since I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness, it has not been possible for any pleasant or painful feeling to occupy my mind.” netaṁ ṭhānaṁ → netaṁ kho ṭhānaṁ (bj, pts1ed)
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, aparena samayena daharova samāno, susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā, akāmakānaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ assumukhānaṁ rudantānaṁ, kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.
Some time later, while still black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life—though my mother and father wished otherwise, weeping with tearful faces—I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.
‘I have, reverend.’
yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi.
The teaching that you’ve realized with your own insight, and dwell having achieved it, I’ve realized with my own insight, and declare having achieved it.
Iti yāhaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi taṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi; yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi.
So the teaching that I know, you know, and the teaching you know, I know.
Iti yādiso ahaṁ tādiso tuvaṁ, yādiso tuvaṁ tādiso ahaṁ.
I am like you and you are like me.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him,
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena uruvelā senānigamo tadavasariṁ.
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. Traveling stage by stage in the Magadhan lands, I arrived at Senānigama in Uruvelā.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, tattheva nisīdiṁ
So I sat down right there, thinking:
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, dantebhi dantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṁ āhacca, cetasā cittaṁ abhiniggaṇhāmi abhinippīḷemi abhisantāpemi.
So that’s what I did,
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
‘na kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo, napi kālaṁ karoti, arahaṁ samaṇo gotamo, vihāro tveva so arahato evarūpo hotī’ti.
‘He’s not dead or dying. The ascetic Gotama is a perfected one, for that is how the perfected ones live.’ vihāro tveva so → vihārotveveso (bj) | arahato evarūpo hotī’ti → vihārotveveso arahato ti
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, tā devatā paccācikkhāmi, ‘halan’ti vadāmi.
So I dismissed those deities, saying, ‘There’s no need.’
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, thokaṁ thokaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ, pasataṁ pasataṁ, yadi vā muggayūsaṁ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṁ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṁ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṁ.
So that’s what I did,
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmīti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmīti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, aggivessana, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, vaccaṁ vā muttaṁ vā karissāmīti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to urinate or defecate I fell face down right there.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, imameva kāyaṁ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anumajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, aggivessana, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā papatanti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to relieve my body by rubbing my limbs with my hands, the hair, rotted at its roots, fell out.
‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi, yaṁ taṁ sukhaṁ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti?
‘Why am I afraid of that pleasure, for it has nothing to do with sensual pleasures or unskillful qualities?’
‘na kho ahaṁ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi, yaṁ taṁ sukhaṁ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti.
‘I’m not afraid of that pleasure, for it has nothing to do with sensual pleasures or unskillful qualities.’
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ odanakummāsaṁ.
So I ate some solid food.
Yato kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ odanakummāsaṁ, atha me te pañca bhikkhū nibbijja pakkamiṁsu:
But when I ate some solid food, they left disappointed in me, saying,
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāretvā, balaṁ gahetvā, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
After eating solid food and gathering my strength, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
So kho ahaṁ, aggivessana, tassāyeva kathāya pariyosāne, tasmiṁyeva purimasmiṁ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṁ saṇṭhapemi sannisādemi ekodiṁ karomi samādahāmi, yena sudaṁ niccakappaṁ viharāmī”ti.
When that talk is finished, I still, settle, unify, and immerse my mind in samādhi internally, using the same meditation subject as a foundation of immersion that I used before, which I regularly use to meditate.”
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, aggivessana, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapetvā dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno niddaṁ okkamitā”ti.
“I do recall that in the last month of the summer, I have spread out my outer robe folded in four and lain down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware.”
“Yassa kassaci, aggivessana, ye āsavā saṅkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā appahīnā, tamahaṁ ‘sammūḷho’ti vadāmi.
“Anyone who has not given up the defilements that are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death is deluded, I say.
Yassa kassaci, aggivessana, ye āsavā saṅkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṁ jātijarāmaraṇiyā pahīnā, tamahaṁ ‘asammūḷho’ti vadāmi.
Anyone who has given up the defilements that are corrupting, leading to future lives, hurtful, resulting in suffering and future rebirth, old age, and death—is not deluded, I say.
Abhijānāmahaṁ, bho gotama, pūraṇaṁ kassapaṁ vādena vādaṁ samārabhitā.
I recall taking on Pūraṇa Kassapa in debate.
Abhijānāmahaṁ, bho gotama, makkhaliṁ gosālaṁ …pe…
I recall taking on the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla,

mn37 Cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Ending of Craving ahaṁ abhijānāmahaṁ 5 3 En Ru

So kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, taṁ saṅgāmaṁ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tato paṭinivattitvā vejayantaṁ nāma pāsādaṁ māpesiṁ.
When I returned from that battle as a conqueror, I created the Palace of Victory.
“Idhāhaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
“My dear Moggallāna, I approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, moggallāna, idha sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, moggallāna, sakko devānamindo maṁ etadavoca:
“I do, Moggallāna.” And the Buddha retold all that happened when Sakka came to visit him, adding:
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, moggallāna, sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavocaṁ
mn37
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, abhijānāmi sakkassa devānamindassa saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṁ bhāsitā”ti.
“That’s how I recall briefly explaining freedom through the ending of craving to Sakka, lord of gods.” bhāsitā”ti → abhāsitthāti (mr) "

mn38 Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasutta The Longer Discourse on the Ending of Craving ahaṁ arahaṁ 7 4 En Ru

“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti.
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.”
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati anaññan”ti.
mn38
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.
mn38
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.
mn38
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti.
“Absolutely, sir. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.”
ahaṁ nu khosmi, no nu khosmi, kiṁ nu khosmi, kathaṁ nu khosmi, ayaṁ nu kho satto kuto āgato, so kuhiṁ gāmī bhavissatī”ti?
‘Am I? Am I not? What am I? How am I? This sentient being—where did it come from? And where will it go?’?”
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
But consider when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

mn39 Mahāassapurasutta The Longer Discourse at Assapura ahaṁ arahaṁ’itipi arahaṁ 9 13 En Ru

ahaṁ kho pubbe iṇaṁ ādāya kammante payojesiṁ, tassa me te kammantā samijjhiṁsu.
mn39
ahaṁ kho pubbe ābādhiko ahosiṁ dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, bhattañca me nacchādesi, na ca me āsi kāye balamattā, somhi etarahi tamhā ābādhā mutto, bhattañca me chādeti, atthi ca me kāye balamattā’ti.
mn39
ahaṁ kho pubbe bandhanāgāre baddho ahosiṁ, somhi etarahi tamhā bandhanā mutto, sotthinā abbhayena, natthi ca me kiñci bhogānaṁ vayo’ti.
mn39
ahaṁ kho pubbe dāso ahosiṁ anattādhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṅgamo, somhi etarahi tamhā dāsabyā mutto attādhīno aparādhīno bhujisso yenakāmaṅgamo’ti.
mn39
ahaṁ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantāraddhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjiṁ.
mn39
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, so tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrapi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti.
Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’ agacchiṁ → agañchiṁ (bj, sya-all, km); āgañchiṁ (si, pts1ed)
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘samaṇo’ itipi ‘brāhmaṇo’itipi ‘nhātako’itipi ‘vedagū’itipi ‘sottiyo’itipi ‘ariyo’itipi ‘arahaṁ’itipi.
This mendicant is one who is called an ‘ascetic’, a ‘brahmin’, a ‘bathed initiate’, a ‘knowledge master’, a ‘scholar’, a ‘noble one’, and also a ‘perfected one’.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hoti?
And how is a mendicant a perfected one?
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ hotī”ti.
That’s how a mendicant is a perfected one.”

mn40 Cūḷaassapurasutta The Shorter Discourse at Assapura ahaṁ 4 2 En Ru

imesaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, samaṇamalānaṁ samaṇadosānaṁ samaṇakasaṭānaṁ āpāyikānaṁ ṭhānānaṁ duggativedaniyānaṁ appahānā ‘na samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṁ paṭipanno’ti vadāmi.
These stains, defects, and dregs of an ascetic are grounds for rebirth in places of loss, and are experienced in bad places. As long as they have not given these up, they do not practice in the way that is proper for an ascetic, I say.
Yasmā ca kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghāṭikampi idhekaccaṁ passāmi abhijjhāluṁ byāpannacittaṁ kodhanaṁ upanāhiṁ makkhiṁ paḷāsiṁ issukiṁ macchariṁ saṭhaṁ māyāviṁ pāpicchaṁ micchādiṭṭhikaṁ, tasmā na saṅghāṭikassa saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṁ vadāmi.
But sometimes I see someone with these bad qualities who is an outer robe wearer. That’s why I say that you don’t deserve the label ‘outer robe wearer’ just because you wear an outer robe.
Yasmā ca kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, jaṭilakampi idhekaccaṁ passāmi abhijjhāluṁ byāpannacittaṁ kodhanaṁ upanāhiṁ makkhiṁ palāsiṁ issukiṁ macchariṁ saṭhaṁ māyāviṁ pāpicchaṁ micchādiṭṭhiṁ, tasmā na jaṭilakassa jaṭādhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṁ vadāmi.
But sometimes I see someone with these bad qualities who is a matted-hair ascetic. That’s why I say that you don’t deserve the label ‘matted-hair ascetic’ just because you have matted hair.
imesaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, samaṇamalānaṁ samaṇadosānaṁ samaṇakasaṭānaṁ āpāyikānaṁ ṭhānānaṁ duggativedaniyānaṁ pahānā ‘samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṁ paṭipanno’ti vadāmi.
These stains, defects, and dregs of an ascetic are grounds for rebirth in places of loss, and are experienced in bad places. When they have given these up, they are practicing in the way that is proper for an ascetic, I say.

mn41 Sāleyyakasutta The People of Sālā arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

mn42 Verañjakasutta The People of Verañjā arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.
mn42

mn43 Mahāvedallasutta The Great Elaboration pañcahaṅgehi 1 1 En Ru

Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahaṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṁsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṁsā cā”ti.
When right view is supported by these five factors it has freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom as its fruit and benefit.”

mn44 Cūḷavedallasutta The Shorter Elaboration ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjissan’ti vā, ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā, ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno’ti vā.
‘I will enter the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I am entering the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I have entered the cessation of perception and feeling.’
ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahissan’ti vā, ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahāmī’ti vā, ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhito’ti vā.
‘I will emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I am emerging from the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I have emerged from the cessation of perception and feeling.’

mn48 Kosambiyasutta The Mendicants of Kosambī ahaṁ 2 3 En Ru

‘imaṁ nu kho ahaṁ diṭṭhiṁ āsevanto bhāvento bahulīkaronto labhāmi paccattaṁ samathaṁ, labhāmi paccattaṁ nibbutin’ti?
‘When I develop, cultivate, and make much of this view, do I personally gain serenity and quenching?’
‘imaṁ kho ahaṁ diṭṭhiṁ āsevanto bhāvento bahulīkaronto labhāmi paccattaṁ samathaṁ, labhāmi paccattaṁ nibbutin’ti.
‘When I develop, cultivate, and make much of this view, I personally gain serenity and quenching.’

mn49 Brahmanimantanikasutta On the Invitation of Brahmā ahaṁ tamahaṁ 29 5 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bakaṁ brahmānaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to him,
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra,
Ahaṁ kho pana, pāpima, neva tava hatthagato neva tava vasaṅgato’ti.
But I haven’t fallen into your hands; I’m not under your sway.’
brahmaṁ ajjhosissāmi, opasāyiko te bhavissāmi vatthusāyiko, yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyo”ti api ca te ahaṁ, brahme, gatiñca pajānāmi, jutiñca pajānāmi:
Brahmā, I will lie close to you, in your domain, subject to your will, and expendable. And in addition, Brahmā, I understand your range and your light:
Evaṁ kho te ahaṁ, brahme, gatiñca pajānāmi jutiñca pajānāmi:
That’s how I understand your range and your light.
tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Evampi kho ahaṁ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṁ?
So Brahmā, I am not your equal in knowledge, still less your inferior.
tamahaṁ jānāmi passāmi.
But I know it and see it.
Evampi kho ahaṁ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṁ?
So Brahmā, I am not your equal in knowledge, still less your inferior.
Pathaviṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme, pathavito abhiññāya yāvatā pathaviyā pathavattena ananubhūtaṁ tadabhiññāya pathaviṁ nāpahosiṁ, pathaviyā nāpahosiṁ, pathavito nāpahosiṁ, pathaviṁ meti nāpahosiṁ, pathaviṁ nābhivadiṁ.
Having directly known earth as earth, and having directly known that which does not fall within the scope of experience based on earth, I did not conceive it to be earth, I did not conceive it in earth, I did not conceive it as earth, I did not conceive that ‘earth is mine’, I did not affirm earth.
Evampi kho ahaṁ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṁ?
So Brahmā, I am not your equal in knowledge, still less your inferior.
Āpaṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
Having directly known water …
tejaṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
fire …
vāyaṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
air …
bhūte kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
creatures …
deve kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
gods …
pajāpatiṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
the Progenitor …
brahmaṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
Brahmā …
ābhassare kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
the gods of streaming radiance …
subhakiṇhe kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
the gods replete with glory …
vehapphale kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
the gods of abundant fruit …
abhibhuṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme …pe…
the Vanquisher …
sabbaṁ kho ahaṁ, brahme, sabbato abhiññāya yāvatā sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūtaṁ tadabhiññāya sabbaṁ nāpahosiṁ sabbasmiṁ nāpahosiṁ sabbato nāpahosiṁ sabbaṁ meti nāpahosiṁ, sabbaṁ nābhivadiṁ.
Having directly known all as all, and having directly known that which does not fall within the scope of experience based on all, I did not conceive it to be all, I did not conceive it in all, I did not conceive it as all, I did not conceive that ‘all is mine’, I did not affirm all.
Evampi kho ahaṁ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṁ?
So Brahmā, I am not your equal in knowledge, still less your inferior.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bakaṁ brahmānaṁ etadavocaṁ:
So I said to him,
Atha kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsiṁ:
Then I used my psychic power to will that
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
When he had spoken, I said to Māra,
Ahaṁ kho pana, pāpima, sammāsambuddhova samāno sammāsambuddhomhīti paṭijānāmi.
But I am.

mn50 Māratajjanīyasutta The Rebuke of Māra arahaṁ ahaṁ 10 6 En Ru

Tena kho pana, pāpima, samayena kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti.
At that time Kakusandha, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha arose in the world.
‘imesaṁ kho ahaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sīlavantānaṁ kalyāṇadhammānaṁ neva jānāmi āgatiṁ vā gatiṁ vā.
‘I don’t know the course of rebirth of these ethical mendicants of good character.
Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then Kakusandha the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, addressed the mendicants:
‘evampi kho ahaṁ karonto imesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sīlavantānaṁ kalyāṇadhammānaṁ neva jānāmi āgatiṁ vā gatiṁ vā, yannūnāhaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatike anvāviseyyaṁ:
‘Even when I do this I don’t know the course of rebirth of these ethical mendicants of good character. Why don’t I take possession of these brahmins and householders and say,
Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then Kakusandha the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, addressed the mendicants:
Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā vidhurena pacchāsamaṇena gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha Kakusandha robed up in the morning and, taking this bowl and robe, entered the village for alms with Venerable Vidhura as his second monk.
Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho nāgāpalokitaṁ apalokesi:
Then the Buddha Kakusandha turned to gaze back, the way that elephants do, saying,
So kho ahaṁ, pāpima, bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni tasmiṁ mahāniraye apacciṁ.
I roasted for many years, many centuries, many millennia in that Great Hell.
ahaṁ niccomhi sassato.
that I am permanent and eternal?’
ahaṁ bālaṁ ḍahāmī’ti;
‘I’ll burn the fool!’

mn51 Kandarakasutta With Kandaraka arahaṁ 1 5 En Ru

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

mn52 Aṭṭhakanāgarasutta The Man From the City of Aṭṭhaka kahaṁ ahaṁ 3 2 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, āyasmā ānando etarahi viharati?
“Sir, where is Venerable Ānanda now staying?
evameva kho ahaṁ, bhante, ekaṁ amatadvāraṁ gavesanto sakideva ekādasa amatadvārāni alatthaṁ bhāvanāya.
In the same way, I was searching for the door to the deathless. And all at once I got to hear of eleven doors to the deathless.
evameva kho ahaṁ, bhante, imesaṁ ekādasannaṁ amatadvārānaṁ ekamekenapi amatadvārena sakkuṇissāmi attānaṁ sotthiṁ kātuṁ.
In the same way, I’m able to flee to safety through any one of these eleven doors to the deathless.

mn53 Sekhasutta A Trainee sampahaṁsetvā tamahaṁ arahaṁ 3 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā kāpilavatthave sakye bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Sakyans with a Dhamma talk. Then he addressed Venerable Ānanda,
tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti.
I’ll stretch it.”
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

mn54 Potaliyasutta With Potaliya the Householder ahaṁ 9 8 En Ru

‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu pāṇātipātī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
‘I am practicing to give up and cut off the fetters that might cause me to kill living creatures.
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu adinnādāyī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
mn54
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu musāvādī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
mn54
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu pisuṇavāco assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
mn54
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu giddhilobhī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
mn54
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu nindārosī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
mn54
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu kodhūpāyāsī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
mn54
‘yesaṁ kho ahaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ hetu atimānī assaṁ, tesāhaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipanno.
‘I am practicing to give up and cut off the fetters that might cause me to be arrogant.
Ārakā ahaṁ, bhante, ariyassa vinaye sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ vohārasamucchedā.
I am far from that.

mn55 Jīvakasutta With Jīvaka ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Tīhi kho ahaṁ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṁsaṁ aparibhoganti vadāmi.
In three cases I say that meat may not be eaten:
imehi kho ahaṁ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṁsaṁ aparibhoganti vadāmi.
These are three cases in which meat may not be eaten.
Tīhi kho ahaṁ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṁsaṁ paribhoganti vadāmi.
In three cases I say that meat may be eaten:
imehi kho ahaṁ, jīvaka, tīhi ṭhānehi maṁsaṁ paribhoganti vadāmi.
These are three cases in which meat may be eaten.

mn56 Upālisutta With Upāli ahaṁ gacchāmahaṁ icchāmahaṁ 21 9 En Ru

“Tīṇi kho ahaṁ, tapassi, kammāni paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, seyyathidaṁ—
“I describe three kinds of deed for performing bad deeds:
“Imesaṁ kho ahaṁ, tapassi, tiṇṇaṁ kammānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ manokammaṁ mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā kāyakammaṁ, no tathā vacīkamman”ti.
“I describe mental deeds as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much physical deeds or verbal deeds.”
“Ito hi kho ahaṁ, bhante, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā”ti.
“Just now, sir, I’ve come from the presence of the ascetic Gotama.”
Ahaṁ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṁ āropeyyaṁ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṁ vā”ti.
For either I should do so, or Dīgha Tapassī, or you.”
Ahaṁ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṁ āropeyyaṁ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṁ vā”ti.
For either I should do so, or Dīgha Tapassī, or you.”
Ahaṁ vā hi, gahapati, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṁ āropeyyaṁ, dīghatapassī vā nigaṇṭho, tvaṁ vā”ti.
For either I should do so, or Dīgha Tapassī, or you.”
“Sacce ahaṁ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi;
“I will debate on the basis of truth, sir.
‘sacce ahaṁ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi,
mn56
‘sacce ahaṁ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi;
mn56
ahaṁ yāvatikā imissā nāḷandāya pāṇā te ekena khaṇena ekena muhuttena ekaṁ maṁsakhalaṁ ekaṁ maṁsapuñjaṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘In one moment I will reduce all the living creatures within the bounds of Nāḷandā to one heap and mass of flesh!’
ahaṁ imaṁ nāḷandaṁ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘I will reduce Nāḷandā to ashes with a single malevolent act of will!’
‘sacce ahaṁ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi;
mn56
‘sacce ahaṁ, bhante, patiṭṭhāya mantessāmi;
mn56
Etaṁ kho te ahaṁ, bhante, nālatthaṁ, na kho me, bhante, ruccati yaṁ upāli gahapati samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṁ āropeyya.
Sir, I couldn’t get you to accept that it wasn’t a good idea for the householder Upāli to rebut the ascetic Gotama’s doctrine.
‘Gacchāmahaṁ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṁ āropessāmī’ti gantvā mahatāsi vādasaṅghāṭena paṭimukko āgato.
You said: ‘I’ll go and refute the ascetic Gotama’s doctrine.’ But you come back caught in the vast net of his doctrine.
evameva kho tvaṁ, gahapati, ‘gacchāmahaṁ, bhante, samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṁ āropessāmī’ti gantvā mahatāsi vādasaṅghāṭena paṭimukko āgato.
In the same way, you said: ‘I’ll go and refute the ascetic Gotama’s doctrine.’ But you come back caught in the vast net of his doctrine.
Sace tvaṁ, bhoti, kumārakaṁ vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṁ āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpakaṁ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yo te kumārakassa kīḷāpanako bhavissati.
If your child is a boy, I’ll buy you a male monkey,
Sace pana tvaṁ, bhoti, kumārikaṁ vijāyissasi, tassā te ahaṁ āpaṇā makkaṭacchāpikaṁ kiṇitvā ānessāmi, yā te kumārikāya kīḷāpanikā bhavissatī’ti.
but if it’s a girl, I’ll buy a female monkey.’
icchāmahaṁ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṁ makkaṭacchāpakaṁ pītāvalepanaṁ nāma raṅgajātaṁ rajitaṁ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhan’ti.
“Mister Rattapāṇi, I wish to have this monkey dyed the color of yellow greasepaint, pounded and re-pounded, and pressed on both sides.”’
‘icchāmahaṁ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṁ makkaṭacchāpakaṁ pītāvalepanaṁ nāma raṅgajātaṁ rajitaṁ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhan’ti.
‘Mister Rattapāṇi, I wish to have this monkey dyed the color of yellow greasepaint, pounded and re-pounded, and pressed on both sides.’
‘icchāmahaṁ, samma rattapāṇi, imaṁ navaṁ dussayugaṁ pītāvalepanaṁ nāma raṅgajātaṁ rajitaṁ ākoṭitapaccākoṭitaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhan’ti.
‘Mister Rattapāṇi, I wish to have this new pair of garments dyed the color of yellow greasepaint, pounded and re-pounded, and pressed on both sides.’

mn57 Kukkuravatikasutta The Ascetic Who Behaved Like a Dog ahaṁ 9 5 En Ru

“Addhā kho te ahaṁ, puṇṇa, na labhāmi.
“Clearly, Puṇṇa, I’m not getting through to you when I say:
Micchādiṭṭhissa kho ahaṁ, puṇṇa, dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—nirayaṁ vā tiracchānayoniṁ vā.
An individual with wrong view is reborn in one of two places, I say: hell or the animal realm.
“etaṁ kho te ahaṁ, puṇṇa, nālatthaṁ.
“This is what I didn’t get through to you when I said:
“Addhā kho te ahaṁ, seniya, na labhāmi.
“Clearly, Seniya, I’m not getting through to you when I say:
Micchādiṭṭhissa kho ahaṁ, seniya, dvinnaṁ gatīnaṁ aññataraṁ gatiṁ vadāmi—nirayaṁ vā tiracchānayoniṁ vā.
An individual with wrong view is reborn in one of two places, I say: hell or the animal realm.
“etaṁ kho te ahaṁ, seniya, nālatthaṁ.
“This is what I didn’t get through to you when I said:
Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;
I am quite confident that the Buddha
pahoti bhagavā tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ yathā ahaṁ cevimaṁ govataṁ pajaheyyaṁ, ayañceva acelo seniyo kukkuravatiko taṁ kukkuravataṁ pajaheyyā”ti.
is capable of teaching me so that I can give up this cow observance, and the naked ascetic Seniya can give up that dog observance.”
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ te cattāro māse parivasanti catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya, ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu, upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”

mn58 Abhayarājakumārasutta With Prince Abhaya ahaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn58
“Evaṁ, bhante, kusalo ahaṁ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgānan”ti.
“I am, sir.”

mn60 Apaṇṇakasutta Guaranteed arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Idha, gahapatayo, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha …

mn61 Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasutta Advice to Rāhula at Ambalaṭṭhika ahaṁ 27 1 En Ru

‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
‘Does this act with the body that I want to do lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both?
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
‘This act with the body that I want to do leads to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
‘This act with the body that I want to do doesn’t lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘Does this act with the body that I am doing lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both?
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act with the body that I am doing leads to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act with the body that I am doing doesn’t lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘Does this act with the body that I have done lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both?
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ akāsiṁ, idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act with the body that I have done leads to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ kāyena kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me kāyakammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act with the body that I have done doesn’t lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
‘Does this act of speech that I want to do lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both? …’ …
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
mn61
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
mn61
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61 saṁvattati → saṁvatti (pts1ed)
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act of speech that I have done leads to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ vācāya kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me vacīkammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act of speech that I have done doesn’t lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
‘Does this act of mind that I want to do lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both? …’ …
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
mn61
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me manokammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya—
mn61
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me manokammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
mn61 saṁvattati → saṁvattatīti (si); saṁvatti (pts1ed)
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act of mind that I have done leads to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me manokammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati—
‘This act with the mind that I have done doesn’t lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.

mn62 Mahārāhulovādasutta The Longer Advice to Rāhula samādahaṁ 2 5 En Ru

‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati; ‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati;
They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe in immersing the mind in samādhi.’ They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe out immersing the mind in samādhi.’

mn63 Cūḷamālukyasutta The Shorter Discourse With Māluṅkya ahaṁ 4 1 En Ru

‘ehi tvaṁ, mālukyaputta, mayi brahmacariyaṁ cara, ahaṁ te byākarissāmi:
‘Come, Māluṅkyaputta, lead the spiritual life under me, and I will declare these things to you’?”
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi, bhagavā me byākarissati:
‘Sir, I will lead the spiritual life under the Buddha, and the Buddha will declare these things to me’?”
‘ehi tvaṁ, mālukyaputta, mayi brahmacariyaṁ cara, ahaṁ te byākarissāmi:
‘Come, Māluṅkyaputta, lead the spiritual life under me, and I will declare these things to you.’
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi, bhagavā me byākarissati:
‘Sir, I will lead the spiritual life under the Buddha, and the Buddha will declare these things to me.’

mn64 Mahāmālukyasutta The Longer Discourse With Māluṅkya ahaṁ 9 6 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanānī”ti.
“Sir, I remember them.”
“Sakkāyadiṭṭhiṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;
“I remember the lower fetters taught by the Buddha as follows: substantialist view,
vicikicchaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;
doubt,
sīlabbataparāmāsaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;
misapprehension of precepts and observances,
kāmacchandaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;
sensual desire,
byāpādaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi.
and ill will.
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanānī”ti.
That’s how I remember the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha.”
ahaṁ imissā gaṅgāya nadiyā tiriyaṁ bāhāya sotaṁ chetvā sotthinā pāraṁ gacchissāmī’ti;
‘By swimming with my arms I’ll safely cross over to the far shore of the Ganges.’ gacchissāmī’ti → gacchāmīti (bj, pts1ed)
ahaṁ imissā gaṅgāya nadiyā tiriyaṁ bāhāya sotaṁ chetvā sotthinā pāraṁ gacchissāmī’ti;
‘By swimming with my arms I’ll safely cross over to the far shore of the Ganges.’

mn65 Bhaddālisutta With Bhaddāli ahaṁ tamahaṁ dasahaṅgehi 9 4 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ekāsanabhojanaṁ bhuñjāmi;
“Mendicants, I eat my food in one sitting per day.
ekāsanabhojanaṁ kho, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhuñjamāno appābādhatañca sañjānāmi appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca.
Doing so, I find that I’m healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.
ahaṁ kho, bhante, na ussahāmi ekāsanabhojanaṁ bhuñjituṁ;
“Sir, I’m not going to try to eat my food in one sitting per day.
“Evampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, na ussahāmi bhuñjituṁ;
“Sir, I’m not going to try to eat that way, either.
idhassa bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto, tamahaṁ evaṁ vadeyyaṁ:
Suppose I was to say this to a mendicant who is freed both ways:
saddhānusārī, tamahaṁ evaṁ vadeyyaṁ:
or a follower by faith:
Appakā kho tumhe, bhaddāli, tena samayena ahuvattha yadā vo ahaṁ ājānīyasusūpamaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ desesiṁ.
There were only a few of you there at the time when I taught the exposition of the teaching on the simile of the thoroughbred colt.
Api ca te ahaṁ, bhaddāli, ājānīyasusūpamaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ desessāmi.
Still, Bhaddāli, I shall teach the exposition of the teaching on the simile of the thoroughbred colt.
Imehi kho, bhaddāli, dasahaṅgehi samannāgato bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati.
A fine royal thoroughbred with these ten factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and reckoned as a factor of kingship.

mn66 Laṭukikopamasutta The Simile of the Quail ahaṁ 18 7 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ itthiṁ etadavocaṁ:
When she said this, I said to her,
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, udāyi, puggalaṁ ‘saṁyutto’ti vadāmi no ‘visaṁyutto’.
I call this person ‘fettered’, not ‘detached’.
Imampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, puggalaṁ ‘saṁyutto’ti vadāmi no ‘visaṁyutto’.
I call this person ‘fettered’, not ‘detached’.
Imampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, puggalaṁ ‘saṁyutto’ti vadāmi no ‘visaṁyutto’.
I also call this person ‘fettered’, not ‘detached’.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, udāyi, puggalaṁ ‘visaṁyutto’ti vadāmi no ‘saṁyutto’ti.
I call this person ‘detached’, not ‘fettered’.
idaṁ kho ahaṁ, udāyi, iñjitasmiṁ vadāmi.
This belongs to the perturbable, I say.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, iñjitasmiṁ vadāmi.
This belongs to the perturbable, I say.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, iñjitasmiṁ vadāmi.
This belongs to the perturbable.
idaṁ kho ahaṁ, udāyi, aniñjitasmiṁ vadāmi.
This belongs to the imperturbable.
idaṁ kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
idampi kho ahaṁ, udāyi, ‘analan’ti vadāmi, ‘pajahathā’ti vadāmi, ‘samatikkamathā’ti vadāmi.
But this too is not enough, I say: give it up, go beyond it.
iti kho ahaṁ, udāyi, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassapi pahānaṁ vadāmi.
So, Udāyī, I even recommend giving up the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.

mn67 Cātumasutta At Cātumā kahaṁ ahaṁ 2 13 En Ru

“handa kahaṁ pana tumhe āyasmanto gacchathā”ti?
“Hello venerables, where are you going?”
Ahaṁ vā hi, moggallāna, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parihareyyaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā vā”ti.
For either I should lead the mendicant Saṅgha, or else Sāriputta and Moggallāna.”

mn70 Kīṭāgirisutta At Kīṭāgiri ahaṁ 14 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aññatreva rattibhojanā bhuñjāmi.
“Mendicants, I abstain from eating at night. rattibhojanā → rattibhojanaṁ (mr)
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ appamādaphalaṁ sampassamāno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
Seeing this fruit of diligence for those mendicants, I say that they still have work to do with diligence.
imassa kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘na appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
And I say that this mendicant has no work to do with diligence.
Imassapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘na appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
I say that this mendicant has no work to do with diligence.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
I say that this mendicant still has work to do with diligence.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imassa bhikkhuno appamādaphalaṁ sampassamāno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
Seeing this fruit of diligence for this mendicant, I say that they still have work to do with diligence.
Imassapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
I say that this mendicant also still has work to do with diligence.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imassa bhikkhuno appamādaphalaṁ sampassamāno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
Seeing this fruit of diligence for this mendicant, I say that they still have work to do with diligence.
Imassapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
I say that this mendicant also still has work to do with diligence.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imassa bhikkhuno appamādaphalaṁ sampassamāno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
Seeing this fruit of diligence for this mendicant, I say that they still have work to do with diligence.
Imassapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
I say that this mendicant also still has work to do with diligence.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imassa bhikkhuno appamādaphalaṁ sampassamāno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
Seeing this fruit of diligence for this mendicant, I say that they still have work to do with diligence.
Imassapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
I say that this mendicant also still has work to do with diligence.
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, imassa bhikkhuno appamādaphalaṁ sampassamāno ‘appamādena karaṇīyan’ti vadāmi.
Seeing this fruit of diligence for this mendicant, I say that they still have work to do with diligence.

mn71 Tevijjavacchasutta To Vacchagotta on the Three Knowledges yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Ito kho so, vaccha, ekanavuto kappo yamahaṁ anussarāmi, nābhijānāmi kañci ājīvakaṁ saggūpagaṁ aññatra ekena;
“Vaccha, when I recollect the past ninety-one eons, I can’t find any Ājīvaka ascetics who have gone to heaven, except one; kho so, vaccha, ekanavuto kappo → ito kho vaccha ekanavute kappe (mr) "

mn72 Aggivacchasutta With Vacchagotta on Fire ahaṁ sabbaahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayānaṁ 23 6 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
“Na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi:
“That’s not my view, Vaccha.”
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
evaṁdiṭṭhi bhavaṁ gotamo’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho ahaṁ, vaccha, evaṁdiṭṭhi—
mn72
Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, vaccha, ādīnavaṁ sampassamāno evaṁ imāni sabbaso diṭṭhigatāni anupagato”ti.
Seeing this drawback I avoid all these convictions.”
Tasmā tathāgato sabbamaññitānaṁ sabbamathitānaṁ sabbaahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayānaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā anupādā vimuttoti vadāmī”ti.
That’s why the Realized One is freed with the ending, fading away, cessation, giving up, and letting go of all conceiving, all worries, and all ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit, I say.”
‘yo te ayaṁ purato aggi jalati ayaṁ aggi kiṁ paṭicca jalatī’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bho gotama, evaṁ byākareyyaṁ:
“I would answer like this:

mn73 Mahāvacchasutta The Longer Discourse With Vacchagotta ahaṁ arahaṁ kahaṁ 6 5 En Ru

“Saṅkhittenapi kho te ahaṁ, vaccha, kusalākusalaṁ deseyyaṁ, vitthārenapi kho te ahaṁ, vaccha, kusalākusalaṁ deseyyaṁ;
“Vaccha, I can teach you what is skillful and what is unskillful in brief or in detail.
api ca te ahaṁ, vaccha, saṅkhittena kusalākusalaṁ desessāmi.
Still, let me do so in brief.
Yato kho, vaccha, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, so hoti bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti.
When a mendicant has given up craving so it is cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future, that mendicant is perfected. They’ve ended the defilements, completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and are rightly freed through enlightenment.”
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya; ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi. Catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”
“handa kahaṁ pana tumhe āyasmanto gacchathā”ti?
“Hello venerables, where are you going?”

mn74 Dīghanakhasutta With Dīghanakha ahaṁ sampahaṁsati 4 1 En Ru

“ukkaṁseti me bhavaṁ gotamo diṭṭhigataṁ, samukkaṁseti me bhavaṁ gotamo diṭṭhigatan”ti.
“Master Gotama commends my conviction! He recommends my conviction!” ukkaṁseti → ukkaṁsati (bj, pts1ed, mr) | samukkaṁseti → samukkaṁsati (bj, pts1ed); sampahaṁsati (mr)
imañce ahaṁ diṭṭhiṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa vohareyyaṁ—
Suppose I obstinately stick to this view and insist that,
imañce ahaṁ diṭṭhiṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa vohareyyaṁ—
Suppose I obstinately stick to this view and insist that,
imañce ahaṁ diṭṭhiṁ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa vohareyyaṁ—
Suppose I obstinately stick to this view and insist that,

mn75 Māgaṇḍiyasutta With Māgaṇḍiya arahaṁ ahaṁ 11 8 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ahaṁ kho pana, māgaṇḍiya, pubbe agāriyabhūto samāno pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāresiṁ cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi iṭṭhehi kantehi manāpehi piyarūpehi kāmūpasaṁhitehi rajanīyehi, sotaviññeyyehi saddehi …pe…
“Well, when I was still a layperson I used to amuse myself, supplied and provided with sights known by the eye … sounds known by the ear …
So kho ahaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohāmi.
I stayed in a stilt longhouse without coming downstairs for the four months of the rainy season, where I was entertained by musicians—none of them men. paricārayamāno → paricāriyamāno (sya-all, pts1ed) | tūriyehi → turiyehi (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | vassike cattāro → vassike pāsāde cattāro (sya-all, km)
“Evameva kho ahaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, pubbe agāriyabhūto samāno pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāresiṁ cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi iṭṭhehi kantehi manāpehi piyarūpehi kāmūpasaṁhitehi rajanīyehi, sotaviññeyyehi saddehi …pe…
“In the same way, Māgaṇḍiya, when I was still a layperson I used to entertain myself with sights … sounds …
“Evameva kho ahaṁ, māgaṇḍiya, pubbe agāriyabhūto samāno pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāresiṁ, cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi iṭṭhehi kantehi manāpehi piyarūpehi kāmūpasaṁhitehi rajanīyehi, sotaviññeyyehi saddehi …pe…
“In the same way, Māgaṇḍiya, when I was still a layperson I used to entertain myself with sights … sounds …
“Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ bhoto gotamassa.
“I am quite confident that Master Gotama
“Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ bhoto gotamassa.
“I am quite confident that Master Gotama
‘dīgharattaṁ vata, bho, ahaṁ iminā purisena telamalikatena sāhuḷicīrena nikato vañcito paluddho—
‘For such a long time I’ve been cheated, tricked, and deceived by that person with this dirty, soiled garment when he said,
‘dīgharattaṁ vata bho ahaṁ iminā cittena nikato vañcito paluddho.
‘For such a long time I’ve been cheated, tricked, and deceived by this mind.
“Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ bhoto gotamassa.
“I am quite confident that Master Gotama
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya; ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu, upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.”

mn76 Sandakasutta With Sandaka arahaṁ 6 4 En Ru

“Idha, sandaka, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā …pe…
“Sandaka, it’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. …
“Yo pana so, bho ānanda, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññā vimutto paribhuñjeyya so kāme”ti?
“But Master Ānanda, when a mendicant is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—could they still enjoy sensual pleasures?”
“Yo so, sandaka, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañcaṭṭhānāni ajjhācarituṁ.
“Sandaka, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects.
Yo so, sandaka, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni pañcaṭṭhānāni ajjhācaritun”ti.
A mendicant who is perfected can’t transgress in these five respects.”
“Yo pana so, bho ānanda, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto tassa carato ceva tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṁ samitaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ:
“But Master Ānanda, when a mendicant is perfected, would the knowledge and vision that their defilements are ended be constantly and continually present to them, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking?”
“Evameva kho, sandaka, yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto tassa carato ceva tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṁ samitaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na paccupaṭṭhitaṁ:
“In the same way, when a mendicant is perfected, the knowledge and vision that their defilements are ended is not constantly and continually present to them, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking.

mn77 Mahāsakuludāyisutta The Longer Discourse with Sakuludāyī rājagahaṁ ahaṁ 20 25 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Tatrime samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa rājagahaṁ vassāvāsaṁ osaṭā.
For there are these ascetics and brahmins who lead an order and a community, and teach a community. They’re well-known and famous religious founders, deemed holy by many people. And they have come down for the rainy season residence at Rājagaha. Tatrime → yatthime (bj, pts1ed); yatrīme (cck); yatrime (sya1ed, sya2ed)
sopi rājagahaṁ vassāvāsaṁ osaṭo.
mn77
sopi rājagahaṁ vassāvāsaṁ osaṭo.
mn77
sopi rājagahaṁ vassāvāsaṁ osaṭo.
And he too has come down for the rains residence at Rājagaha.
“na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi, kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi? Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno, sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te, purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ, āropito te vādo, niggahitosi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī”ti.
“You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!”
“na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi? Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi. Ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me asahitaṁ te, purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca, adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ, āropito te vādo, niggahitosi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī”ti.
“You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!”
“Pañca kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati dhamme samanupassāmi yehi bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.
“Sir, I see five such qualities in the Buddha.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā appāhāro, appāhāratāya ca vaṇṇavādī imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.
This is the first such quality I see in the Buddha.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati dutiyaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.
This is the second such quality I see in the Buddha.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītarena piṇḍapātena, itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati tatiyaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.
This is the third such quality I see in the Buddha.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītarena senāsanena, itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati catutthaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.
This is the fourth such quality I see in the Buddha.
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā pavivitto, pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pañcamaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.
This is the fifth such quality I see in the Buddha.
Ime kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pañca dhamme samanupassāmi yehi bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī”ti.
These are the five qualities I see in the Buddha, because of which his disciples honor, respect, revere, and venerate him; and after honoring and respecting him, they remain loyal to him.”
Ahaṁ kho pana, udāyi, appekadā iminā pattena samatittikampi bhuñjāmi bhiyyopi bhuñjāmi.
But sometimes I even eat this bowl full to the brim, or even more.
Ahaṁ kho panudāyi, appekadā gahapaticīvarāni dhāremi daḷhāni satthalūkhāni alābulomasāni.
But sometimes I wear robes offered by householders that are strong, yet next to which bottle-gourd down is coarse.
Ahaṁ kho panudāyi, appekadā nimantanepi bhuñjāmi sālīnaṁ odanaṁ vicitakāḷakaṁ anekasūpaṁ anekabyañjanaṁ.
But sometimes I even eat by invitation boiled fine rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces. nimantanepi → nimantanassāpi (mr)
Ahaṁ kho panudāyi, appekadā kūṭāgāresupi viharāmi ullittāvalittesu nivātesu phusitaggaḷesu pihitavātapānesu.
But sometimes I even stay in bungalows, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with latches fastened and windows shuttered. phusitaggaḷesu → phussitaggalesu (bj); phussitaggaḷesu (cck, pts1ed)
Ahaṁ kho panudāyi, appekadā ākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi.
But sometimes I live crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and monastics of other religions and their disciples.
Seyyathāpi, udāyi, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ gaccheyya; so tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgaccheyya; tassa evamassa: ‘ahaṁ kho sakamhā gāmā aññaṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatra evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ; tamhāpi gāmā amuṁ gāmaṁ agacchiṁ, tatrāpi evaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ evaṁ nisīdiṁ evaṁ abhāsiṁ evaṁ tuṇhī ahosiṁ, somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṁyeva gāmaṁ paccāgato’ti.
Suppose a person was to leave their home village and go to another village. From that village they’d go to yet another village. And from that village they’d return to their home village. They’d think: ‘I went from my home village to another village. There I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. From that village I went to yet another village. There too I stood like this, sat like that, spoke like this, or kept silent like that. And from that village I returned to my home village.’

mn78 Samaṇamuṇḍikasutta With Uggāhamāna Samaṇamuṇḍika ahaṁ tamahaṁ kahaṁ tahaṁ 26 0 En Ru

“catūhi kho ahaṁ, gahapati, dhammehi samannāgataṁ purisapuggalaṁ paññapemi sampannakusalaṁ paramakusalaṁ uttamapattipattaṁ samaṇaṁ ayojjhaṁ.
“Householder, when an individual has four qualities I describe them as an invincible ascetic—accomplished in the skillful, excelling in the skillful, attained to the highest attainment.
imehi kho ahaṁ, gahapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṁ purisapuggalaṁ paññapemi sampannakusalaṁ paramakusalaṁ uttamapattipattaṁ samaṇaṁ ayojjhan”ti.
When an individual has these four qualities I describe them as an invincible ascetic.”
Catūhi kho ahaṁ, thapati, dhammehi samannāgataṁ purisapuggalaṁ paññapemi na ceva sampannakusalaṁ na paramakusalaṁ na uttamapattipattaṁ samaṇaṁ ayojjhaṁ, api cimaṁ daharaṁ kumāraṁ mandaṁ uttānaseyyakaṁ samadhigayha tiṭṭhati.
When an individual has four qualities I describe them, not as an invincible ascetic—accomplished in the skillful, excelling in the skillful, attained to the highest attainment—but as having achieved the same level as a little baby.
imehi kho ahaṁ, thapati, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṁ purisapuggalaṁ paññapemi na ceva sampannakusalaṁ na paramakusalaṁ na uttamapattipattaṁ samaṇaṁ ayojjhaṁ, api cimaṁ daharaṁ kumāraṁ mandaṁ uttānaseyyakaṁ samadhigayha tiṭṭhati.
When an individual has these four qualities I describe them, not as an invincible ascetic, but as having achieved the same level as a little baby.
Dasahi kho ahaṁ, thapati, dhammehi samannāgataṁ purisapuggalaṁ paññapemi sampannakusalaṁ paramakusalaṁ uttamapattipattaṁ samaṇaṁ ayojjhaṁ.
When an individual has ten qualities, master builder, I describe them as an invincible ascetic—accomplished in the skillful, excelling in the skillful, attained to the highest attainment.
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78 tamahaṁ → tāhaṁ (bj); kahaṁ (si); tahaṁ (pts1ed) "
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
tamahaṁ, thapati, veditabbanti vadāmi.
mn78
Kusalaṁ kāyakammaṁ, kusalaṁ vacīkammaṁ, ājīvaparisuddhampi kho ahaṁ, thapati, sīlasmiṁ vadāmi.
Skillful deeds by way of body and speech, and purified livelihood are included in behavior, I say.
imehi kho ahaṁ, thapati, dasahi dhammehi samannāgataṁ purisapuggalaṁ paññapemi sampannakusalaṁ paramakusalaṁ uttamapattipattaṁ samaṇaṁ ayojjhan”ti.
When an individual has these ten qualities, I describe them as an invincible ascetic—accomplished in the skillful, excelling in the skillful, attained to the highest attainment.”

mn79 Cūḷasakuludāyisutta The Shorter Discourse With Sakuludāyī rājagahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 4 6 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
yadā ca kho ahaṁ, bhante, imaṁ parisaṁ upasaṅkanto homi athāyaṁ parisā mamaññeva mukhaṁ ullokentī nisinnā hoti:
But when I have come to the assembly, they sit gazing up at my face alone, thinking,
ahaṁ yā imasmiṁ janapade janapadakalyāṇī taṁ icchāmi, taṁ kāmemī’ti.
‘Whoever the finest lady in the land is, it is her that I want, her I desire!’
“Idhudāyi, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā …pe…
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. …

mn80 Vekhanasasutta With Vekhanasa ahaṁ 3 3 En Ru

ahaṁ yā imasmiṁ janapade janapadakalyāṇī, taṁ icchāmi taṁ kāmemī’ti.
‘Whoever the finest lady in the land is, it is her that I want, her I desire!’
Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Let a sensible person come—neither devious nor deceitful, a person of integrity. I teach and instruct them.
Evameva kho, kaccāna, etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi;
In the same way, let a sensible person come—neither devious nor deceitful, a person of integrity. I teach and instruct them.

mn81 Ghaṭikārasutta With Ghaṭīkāra arahaṁ sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsitā ahaṁ sampahaṁsito 27 0 En Ru

Vegaḷiṅgaṁ kho, ānanda, gāmanigamaṁ kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi.
And Kassapa, a blessed one, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, lived supported by Vebhaliṅga.
Idha sudaṁ, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho nisinnako bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ovadatī”ti.
where he sat and advised the mendicant Saṅgha.”
Vegaḷiṅgaṁ kho, ānanda, gāmanigamaṁ kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi.
And Kassapa, a blessed one, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, lived supported by Vebhaliṅga.
Idha sudaṁ, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho nisinnako bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ovadati.
where he sat and advised the mendicant Saṅgha.
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Jotipālo pana māṇavo kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Then Ghaṭīkāra the potter and Jotipāla the brahmin student went to the Buddha Kassapa. Ghaṭīkāra bowed and sat down to one side, but Jotipāla exchanged greetings with the Buddha and sat down to one side.
Atha kho, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho ghaṭikārañca kumbhakāraṁ jotipālañca māṇavaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Then the Buddha Kassapa educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Ghaṭīkāra and Jotipāla with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.
Then they got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha Kassapa, keeping him on their right, before leaving.
‘Tena hi, samma ghaṭikāra, ahaṁ agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmī’ti.
‘Well then, dear Ghaṭīkāra, I shall go forth from the lay life to homelessness.’
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then Ghaṭīkāra and Jotipāla went to the Buddha Kassapa, bowed and sat down to one side. Ghaṭīkāra said to the Buddha Kassapa,
Atha kho, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho acirūpasampanne jotipāle māṇave aḍḍhamāsupasampanne vegaḷiṅge yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.
Not long after Jotipāla’s ordination, a fortnight later, the Buddha Kassapa—having stayed in Vebhaliṅga as long as he pleased—set out for Varanasi.
Tatra sudaṁ, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.
where he stayed near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana.
Assosi kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā: ‘kassapo kira bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bārāṇasiṁ anuppatto bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye’ti.
King Kikī of Kāsi heard that he had arrived.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Kassapa on foot. He bowed and sat down to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho, ānanda, kikiṁ kāsirājānaṁ kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:
Then King Kikī said to the Buddha,
Adhivāsesi kho, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tuṇhībhāvena.
The Buddha Kassapa consented with silence.
Atha kho, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kikissa kāsirañño nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena.
Then Kassapa Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of King Kikī, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants.
Atha kho, ānanda, kikissa kāsirañño ‘na me kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho adhivāseti bārāṇasiyaṁ vassāvāsan’ti ahudeva aññathattaṁ, ahu domanassaṁ.
Then King Kikī, thinking, ‘The Buddha does not accept my invitation to reside for the rains in Varanasi,’ became sad and upset.
Tuyhaṁ kho pana, mahārāja, na me kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho adhivāseti bārāṇasiyaṁ vassāvāsanti attheva aññathattaṁ, atthi domanassaṁ.
Now, great king, you thought, “The Buddha does not accept my invitation to reside for the rains in Varanasi,” and you became sad and upset. attheva → atthi (bj, pts1ed)
“Kassapo, tāta, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kumbhiyā odanaṁ gahetvā pariyogā sūpaṁ gahetvā paribhuñjitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkanto”ti?
“It was the Buddha Kassapa, my dear.”
yassa me kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho evaṁ abhivissattho”ti.
in that the Buddha Kassapa trusts me so much!”
“Kassapo, tāta, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kaḷopiyā kummāsaṁ gahetvā pariyogā sūpaṁ gahetvā paribhuñjitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkanto”ti.
“It was the Buddha Kassapa, my dear.”
yassa me kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho evaṁ abhivissattho”ti.
to be trusted so much by the Buddha Kassapa!”
yassa me kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho evaṁ abhivissattho”ti.
to be trusted so much by the Buddha Kassapa!”
Ahaṁ tena samayena jotipālo māṇavo ahosin”ti.
I myself was the student Jotipāla at that time.”

mn82 Raṭṭhapālasutta With Raṭṭhapāla arahaṁ sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsitā icchāmahaṁ ahaṁ pitāmahaṁ yamahaṁ 30 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho thullakoṭṭhike brāhmaṇagahapatike bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
When they were seated, the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.
Then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, the brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhita got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.
Icchāmahaṁ, bhante, kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
I wish to shave off my hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Icchāmahaṁ kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
I wish to shave off my hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Icchāmahaṁ kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajituṁ.
mn82
“anuññāto ahaṁ, bhante, mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya.
“Sir, I have my parents’ permission to go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
“icchāmahaṁ, bhante, mātāpitaro uddassetuṁ, sace maṁ bhagavā anujānātī”ti.
“Sir, I’d like to visit my parents, if the Buddha allows it.”
“idaṁ te, tāta raṭṭhapāla, mātu mattikaṁ dhanaṁ, aññaṁ pettikaṁ, aññaṁ pitāmahaṁ.
“Dear Raṭṭhapāla, this is your maternal fortune. There’s another paternal fortune, and an ancestral one.
nisinno ahaṁ sake āsane”ti.
I’m sitting on my own seat.”
ahaṁ khomhi etarahi jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto.
‘I’m now old, elderly, and senior. I’m advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life.
ahaṁ khomhi etarahi ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno.
‘I’m now sick, suffering, gravely ill.
ahaṁ kho pubbe aḍḍho ahosiṁ mahaddhano mahābhogo.
‘I used to be rich, affluent, and wealthy.
“Atthi kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.
“Great king, the Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has taught these four summaries of the teaching for recitation. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena paṭhamo dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.
This is the first summary.
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyo dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.
This is the second summary.
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tatiyo dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.
This is the third summary.
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena catuttho dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.
This is the fourth summary.
Ime kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.
The Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha taught these four summaries of the teaching. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.” ahaṁ → ye’haṁ (bj); yamahaṁ (sya-all, km, mr)
“Ahosiṁ ahaṁ, bho raṭṭhapāla, vīsativassuddesikopi paṇṇavīsativassuddesikopi hatthismimpi katāvī assasmimpi katāvī rathasmimpi katāvī dhanusmimpi katāvī tharusmimpi katāvī ūrubalī bāhubalī alamatto saṅgāmāvacaro.
“I was, Master Raṭṭhapāla.
yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.
mn82
yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.
mn82
Atha kho aññe imaṁ bhogaṁ paṭipajjissanti; ahaṁ pana yathākammaṁ gamissāmī”ti.
Rather, others will take over this property, while I pass on according to my deeds.”
yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.
mn82
‘yagghe, mahārāja, jāneyyāsi, ahaṁ āgacchāmi puratthimāya disāya?
‘Please sir, you should know this. I come from the east.
‘yagghe, mahārāja, jāneyyāsi, ahaṁ āgacchāmi parasamuddato?
mn82
yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.
And it was after knowing and seeing and hearing this that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.”
Tasmā ahaṁ pabbajitomhi rāja.
I went forth, O King.

mn83 Maghadevasutta About King Makhādeva ahaṁ 8 2 En Ru

Ahaṁ pana kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmi.
I shall shave off my hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness.
Ahaṁ pana kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmi.
mn83
Tassa te ahaṁ, mahārāja, sahassayuttaṁ ājaññarathaṁ pahiṇissāmi;
I shall send a chariot harnessed with a thousand thoroughbreds for you, great king.
Ahaṁ pana kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāmi.
mn83
Ahaṁ tena samayena rājā maghadevo ahosiṁ.
I myself was King Makhādeva at that time.
Ahaṁ taṁ kalyāṇaṁ vattaṁ nihiniṁ, mayā taṁ kalyāṇaṁ vattaṁ nihitaṁ;
I was the one who founded that good practice,
Taṁ vo ahaṁ, ānanda, evaṁ vadāmi:
Ānanda, I say to you:
Taṁ vo ahaṁ, ānanda, evaṁ vadāmi:
Ānanda, I say to you:

mn84 Madhurasutta At Madhurā yamahaṁ kahaṁ arahaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Tameva tvaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gaccha yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti.
You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.” Tameva tvaṁ → tametaṁ tvaṁ (sya-all, km); tametaṁ (mr) "
“Kahaṁ pana, bho kaccāna, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
“But where is that Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”
“Parinibbuto kho, mahārāja, etarahi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.
“Great king, the Buddha has already become fully extinguished.”

mn85 Bodhirājakumārasutta With Prince Bodhi ahaṁ icchāmahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ kahaṁ pañcahaṅgehī 62 18 En Ru

So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, aparena samayena daharova samāno susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ assumukhānaṁ rudantānaṁ kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.
Some time later, while still black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life—though my mother and father wished otherwise, weeping with tearful faces—I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi, theravādañca jānāmi passāmīti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.
‘I have, reverend.’
Yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi, tamahaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi.
The teaching that you’ve realized with your own insight, and dwell having achieved it, I’ve realized with my own insight, and declare having achieved it.
Iti yāhaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi taṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi; yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi.
So the teaching that I know, you know, and the teaching you know, I know.
Iti yādiso ahaṁ, tādiso tuvaṁ; yādiso tuvaṁ tādiso ahaṁ.
I am like you and you are like me.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him, udako → uddako (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’ āvuso → āvuso rāma (bj, sya-all, km, mr)
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi, theravādañca jānāmi passāmīti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno, magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno, yena uruvelā senānigamo tadavasariṁ.
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. Traveling stage by stage in the Magadhan lands, I arrived at Senānigama in Uruvelā.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, tattheva nisīdiṁ:
So I sat down right there, thinking,
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, dantebhidantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṁ āhacca, cetasā cittaṁ abhiniggaṇhāmi abhinippīḷemi abhisantāpemi.
So that’s what I did,
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose and ears.
‘na kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo, nāpi kālaṁ karoti. Arahaṁ samaṇo gotamo. Vihāro tveva so arahato evarūpo hotī’ti.
‘He’s not dead or dying. The ascetic Gotama is a perfected one, for that is how the perfected ones live.’ arahato evarūpo hotī’ti → vihārotveveso arahato ti, Vihāro tveva so → vihārotveveso (bj)
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, tā devatā paccācikkhāmi. ‘Halan’ti vadāmi.
So I dismissed those deities, saying, ‘There’s no need.’
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, thokaṁ thokaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ pasataṁ pasataṁ, yadi vā muggayūsaṁ yadi vā kulatthayūsaṁ yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṁ yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṁ.
So that’s what I did,
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi. Yāvassu me, rājakumāra, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, ‘vaccaṁ vā muttaṁ vā karissāmī’ti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to urinate or defecate I fell face down right there.
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, imameva kāyaṁ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anumajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, rājakumāra, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā papatanti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to relieve my body by rubbing my limbs with my hands, the hair, rotted at its roots, fell out.
‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi yaṁ taṁ sukhaṁ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti?
‘Why am I afraid of that pleasure, for it has nothing to do with sensual pleasures or unskillful qualities?’
‘na kho ahaṁ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi yaṁ taṁ sukhaṁ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti.
‘I’m not afraid of that pleasure, for it has nothing to do with sensual pleasures or unskillful qualities.’
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ odanakummāsaṁ.
So I ate some solid food.
Yato kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ odanakummāsaṁ, atha me te pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nibbijja pakkamiṁsu:
But when I ate some solid food, they left disappointed in me, saying,
So kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāretvā balaṁ gahetvā vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
After eating solid food and gathering my strength, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption …
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.
And I saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.
evameva kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra; buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasaṁ satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.
mn85
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ?
‘Who should I teach first of all?
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ?
‘Who should I teach first of all?
‘kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ?
‘Who should I teach first of all?
‘kahaṁ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’ti.
‘Where are the group of five mendicants staying these days?’
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, rājakumāra, upakaṁ ājīvakaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsiṁ:
I replied to Upaka in verse:
ahaṁ satthā anuttaro;
I am the supreme Teacher.
Yathā yathā kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamiṁ tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṁ.
Yet as I drew closer, the group of five mendicants were unable to stop themselves as they had agreed.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, rājakumāra, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So I said to them,
arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One is Perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ. Amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Listen up, mendicants: I have achieved the Deathless! I shall instruct you, I will teach you the Dhamma.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, rājakumāra, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So I said to them,
Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
The Realized One is Perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ. Amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Listen up, mendicants: I have achieved the Deathless! I shall instruct you, I will teach you the Dhamma.
Dutiyampi kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So for a second time I said to them,
Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
mn85
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ. Amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
mn85
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, rājakumāra, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavocaṁ:
So I said to them,
‘Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho.
‘The Realized One is Perfected, a fully awakened Buddha.
Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ. Amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi.
Listen up, mendicants: I have achieved the Deathless! I shall instruct you, I will teach you the Dhamma.
Asakkhiṁ kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ.
I was able to persuade the group of five mendicants.
“Evaṁ, bhante, kusalo ahaṁ hatthārūḷhe aṅkusagayhe sippe”ti.
“Yes, sir.”
“Ekamekenāpi, bhante, aṅgena samannāgato so puriso na mama santike hatthārūḷhaṁ aṅkusagayhaṁ sippaṁ sikkheyya, ko pana vādo pañcahaṅgehī”ti.
“Sir, if he had even a single one of these factors he couldn’t train under me, let alone all five.”
“Ekamekenāpi, bhante, aṅgena samannāgato so puriso mama santike hatthārūḷhaṁ aṅkusagayhaṁ sippaṁ sikkheyya, ko pana vādo pañcahaṅgehī”ti.
“Sir, if he had even a single one of these factors he could train under me, let alone all five.”
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti;
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

mn86 Aṅgulimālasutta With Aṅgulimāla ahaṁ lomahaṁso lomahaṁso 8 0 En Ru

“Ṭhito ahaṁ, aṅgulimāla, tvañca tiṭṭhā”ti.
“I’ve stopped, Aṅgulimāla—now you stop.”
‘ṭhito ahaṁ, aṅgulimāla, tvañca tiṭṭhā’ti.
‘I’ve stopped, Aṅgulimāla—now you stop.’
“Ṭhito ahaṁ aṅgulimāla sabbadā,
“Aṅgulimāla, I have forever stopped—
Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa ahudeva bhayaṁ, ahu chambhitattaṁ, ahu lomahaṁso.
Then the king became frightened, scared, his hair standing on end.
Atha kho rañño pasenadissa kosalassa yaṁ ahosi bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā so paṭippassambhi.
Then the king’s fear died down.
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, sāvatthiyaṁ sapadānaṁ piṇḍāya caramāno aññataraṁ itthiṁ mūḷhagabbhaṁ vighātagabbhaṁ.
mn86
ahaṁ dantomhi tādinā.
without rod or sword.
Coro ahaṁ pure āsiṁ,
I used to be a bandit,

mn87 Piyajātikasutta Born From the Beloved kahaṁ ahaṁ 7 1 En Ru

“kahaṁ, ekaputtaka, kahaṁ, ekaputtakā”ti.
“Where are you, my only child? Where are you, my only child?”
‘kahaṁ, ekaputtaka, kahaṁ, ekaputtakā’”ti.
‘Where are you, my only child? Where are you, my only child?’”
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhonto, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn87
kahaṁ, ekaputtaka, kahaṁ, ekaputtakā’ti.
mn87

mn88 Bāhitikasutta The Imported Cloth ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

nisinno ahaṁ sake āsane”ti.
I’m sitting on my own seat.”

mn89 Dhammacetiyasutta Shrines to the Teaching kahaṁ arahaṁ sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsitā ahaṁ 11 0 En Ru

Kahaṁ nu kho, samma kārāyana, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
My good Kārāyana, where is that Buddha at present?”
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.
That’s where the Buddha is now staying.”
“kahaṁ nu kho, bhante, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho?
“Sirs, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?
Te bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
The Buddha educates, encourages, fires up, and inspires them with a Dhamma talk.
Te bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kuto vādaṁ āropessanti?
They don’t even get around to asking their question to the Buddha, so how could they refute his answer?
Te bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
mn89
Te bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kuto vādaṁ āropessanti?
They don’t even get around to asking their question to the Buddha, so how could they refute his answer?
Puna caparāhaṁ, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo mamabhattā mamayānā, ahaṁ nesaṁ jīvikāya dātā, yasassa āhattā;
Furthermore, these chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa share my meals and my carriages. I give them a livelihood and bring them renown. jīvikāya → jīvitassa (bj); jīvikaṁ (bj-a); jīvitaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr)
Ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo mamabhattā mamayānā, ahaṁ nesaṁ jīvikāya dātā, yasassa āhattā;
These chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa share my meals and my carriages. I give them a livelihood and bring them renown.

mn90 Kaṇṇakatthalasutta At Kaṇṇakatthala ahaṁ arahaṁ 3 3 En Ru

“Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, mahārāja, abhijānāmi vācaṁ bhāsitā:
“Great king, I recall making this statement:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti;
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
ahaṁ bhagavato putto.
and I am the Buddha’s son.

mn91 Brahmāyusutta With Brahmāyu arahaṁ ahaṁ vigatalomahaṁso sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsetvā sampahaṁsitā 15 2 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe…
mn91
Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.
Ahaṁ kho pana, tāta uttara, mantānaṁ dātā;
But, dear Uttara, I am the one who gives the hymns,
So antaraghare nisinno samāno na chambhati na kampati na vedhati na paritassati. So achambhī akampī avedhī aparitassī vigatalomahaṁso.
When sitting in inhabited areas he doesn’t shake, tremble, quake, or get nervous, and so he is not nervous at all.
aññadatthu dhammiyā kathāya taṁ parisaṁ sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Invariably, he educates, encourages, fires up, and inspires that assembly with a Dhamma talk.
So taṁ parisaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamati.
Then he gets up from his seat and leaves.
aññadatthu dhammiyā kathāya taṁ parisaṁ sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Invariably, he educates, encourages, fires up, and inspires that assembly with a Dhamma talk.
Te tena bhotā gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamanti avalokayamānāyeva avijahitattā.
And when they’ve been inspired with a Dhamma talk by Master Gotama they get up from their seats and leave looking back at him alone, and not forgetting their lesson. avijahitattā → avijahantā bhāvena (bj, sya-all, km); avijahattābhāvena (pts1ed)
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ puccheyyaṁ:
Should I ask him about
“kusalo kho ahaṁ diṭṭhadhammikānaṁ atthānaṁ.
“I’m well versed in the benefits that apply to this life,
Arahaṁ bho kathaṁ hoti,
How do you become a perfected one?
“brahmāyu ahaṁ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo;
“I am the brahmin Brahmāyu, Master Gotama!
brahmāyu ahaṁ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo”ti.
I am the brahmin Brahmāyu!”

mn92 Selasutta With Sela arahaṁ sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito kahaṁ 7 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho keṇiyaṁ jaṭilaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
The Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
Then he said to the Buddha,
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Sace pana agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati, arahaṁ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado”.
But if he goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, he becomes a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, who draws back the veil from the world.”
“Kahaṁ pana, bho keṇiya, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
“But Keṇiya, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”

mn93 Assalāyanasutta With Assalāyana ahaṁ yamahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

“addhā kho ahaṁ bhavanto na labhāmi.
“Clearly, gentlemen, I’m not getting through to you when I say:
tape gantvā cātuvaṇṇiṁ suddhiṁ paccāgato, yamahaṁ paññapemī”ti.
Now you’ve come around to believing in purification for the four classes, just as I advocate.”

mn94 Ghoṭamukhasutta With Ghoṭamukha arahaṁ yamahaṁ kahaṁ ahaṁ 6 2 En Ru

Idha, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
Tameva bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāhi yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti.
You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.”
“Kahaṁ pana, bho udena, etarahi so bhavaṁ gotamo viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
“But Master Udena, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”
“Parinibbuto kho, brāhmaṇa, etarahi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.
“Brahmin, the Buddha has already become fully extinguished.”
Atthi ca me, bho udena, aṅgarājā devasikaṁ niccabhikkhaṁ dadāti, tato ahaṁ bhoto udenassa ekaṁ niccabhikkhaṁ dadāmī”ti.
Master Udena, the king of Aṅga gives me a regular daily allowance. I will give you one portion of that.”

mn95 Caṅkīsutta With Caṅkī arahaṁ ahaṁ 5 2 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
ahaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmī’”ti.
mn95
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti …pe…
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …
Ettake kho ahaṁ, bho, tassa bhoto gotamassa vaṇṇe pariyāpuṇāmi, no ca kho so bhavaṁ gotamo ettakavaṇṇo;
This is the extent of Master Gotama’s praise that I have learned. But his praises are not confined to this,

mn96 Esukārīsutta With Esukārī tamahaṁ ahaṁ 6 3 En Ru

yañca khvāssa, brāhmaṇa, paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo tamahaṁ ‘paricaritabban’ti vadāmi.
And I say that you should serve someone if serving them makes you better, not worse.
‘yañhi me paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, nāhaṁ taṁ paricareyyaṁ; yañca kho me paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo tamahaṁ paricareyyan’ti.
‘Someone in whose service I get better.’
‘yañhi me paricarato pāricariyāhetu pāpiyo assa na seyyo, nāhaṁ taṁ paricareyyaṁ; yañca kho me paricarato pāricariyāhetu seyyo assa na pāpiyo tamahaṁ paricareyyan’ti.
‘Someone in whose service I get better.’
Yaṁ hissa, brāhmaṇa, paricarato pāricariyāhetu saddhā vaḍḍhati, sīlaṁ vaḍḍhati, sutaṁ vaḍḍhati, cāgo vaḍḍhati, paññā vaḍḍhati, tamahaṁ ‘paricaritabban’ti vadāmi.
And I say that you should serve someone if serving them makes you grow in faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.
Ariyaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, lokuttaraṁ dhammaṁ purisassa sandhanaṁ paññapemi.
I declare that a person’s own wealth is the noble, transcendent teaching.
Evameva kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṁ lokuttaraṁ dhammaṁ purisassa sandhanaṁ paññapemi.
In the same way, I declare that a person’s own wealth is the noble, transcendent teaching.

mn97 Dhanañjānisutta With Dhanañjāni rājagahaṁ ahaṁ 13 4 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.
When Sāriputta had stayed in the Southern Hills as long as he pleased, he set out for Rājagaha.
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari.
Traveling stage by stage, he arrived at Rājagaha,
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then he robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho mātāpitūnaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, mātāpitaro vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
Could they get out of being dragged to hell by pleading that they had acted for the sake of their parents? Or could their parents save them by pleading that the acts had been done for their sake?”
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, puttadāro vā panassa labheyya ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, dāsakammakaraporisā vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho mittāmaccānaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, mittāmaccā vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho ñātisālohitānaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, ñātisālohitā vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho atithīnaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, atithī vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho pubbapetānaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, pubbapetā vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho devatānaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, devatā vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, rājā vā panassa labheyya ‘eso kho amhākaṁ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
mn97
Labheyya nu kho so ‘ahaṁ kho kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosiṁ, mā maṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’ti, pare vā panassa labheyyuṁ ‘eso kho kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī ahosi, mā naṁ nirayaṁ nirayapālā’”ti?
Could they get out of being dragged to hell by pleading that they had acted for the sake of fattening and building up their body? Or could anyone else save them by pleading that the acts had been done for that reason?”

mn98 Vāseṭṭhasutta With Vāseṭṭha arahaṁ ahaṁ tamahaṁ 31 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Ahaṁ pokkharasātissa,
I’m a student of Pokkharasādi,
“Tesaṁ vo ahaṁ byakkhissaṁ,
“I shall explain to you,”
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.
tamahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ.
that’s who I call a brahmin.

mn99 Subhasutta With Subha ahaṁ arahaṁ 7 12 En Ru

“Etthāpi kho ahaṁ, māṇava, vibhajjavādo;
“On this point, too, I speak after analyzing the question,
ahaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṁ pavedemī’”ti?
‘I declare the result of these five things after realizing it with my own insight’?”
ahaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṁ pavedemī’”ti?
‘I declare the result of these five things after realizing it with my own insight’?”
ahaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṁ pavedemī’ti;
mn99
ahaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṁ pavedemī’ti;
mn99
“Ito hi kho ahaṁ, bho, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā”ti.
“Just now, good sir, I’ve come from the presence of the ascetic Gotama.”
yassa vijite tathāgato viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.
that the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is living in his realm!” "

mn100 Saṅgāravasutta With Saṅgārava ahaṁ icchāmahaṁ tamahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 37 18 En Ru

“Diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattānaṁ, ādibrahmacariyaṁ paṭijānantānampi kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, vemattaṁ vadāmi.
“I say there is a diversity among those who claim to have mastered the fundamentals of the spiritual life having attained perfection and consummation of insight in the present life.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, aparena samayena daharova samāno susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā akāmakānaṁ mātāpitūnaṁ assumukhānaṁ rudantānaṁ kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.
Some time later, while still black-haired, blessed with youth, in the prime of life—though my mother and father wished otherwise, weeping with tearful faces—I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend Kālāma, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ‘ñāṇavādañca vadāmi, theravādañca jānāmi, passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, imaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti.
‘I have, reverend.’
yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi.
The teaching that you’ve realized with your own insight, and dwell having achieved it, I’ve realized with my own insight, and declare having achieved it.
Iti yāhaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi taṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi, yaṁ tvaṁ dhammaṁ jānāsi tamahaṁ dhammaṁ jānāmi.
So the teaching that I know, you know, and the teaching you know, I know.
Iti yādiso ahaṁ tādiso tuvaṁ, yādiso tuvaṁ tādiso ahaṁ.
I am like you and you are like me.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṁ rāmaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. I approached Uddaka son of Rāma and said to him,
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’ti.
‘Reverend, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.’
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇiṁ.
I quickly memorized that teaching.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ‘ñāṇavādañca vadāmi, theravādañca jānāmi, passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca.
As far as lip-recital and oral recitation went, I spoke the doctrine of knowledge, the elder doctrine. I claimed to know and see, and so did others.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, nacirasseva khippameva taṁ dhammaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
I quickly realized that teaching with my own insight, and lived having achieved it.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, taṁ dhammaṁ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṁ.
Realizing that this teaching was inadequate, I left disappointed.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, kiṅkusalagavesī anuttaraṁ santivarapadaṁ pariyesamāno magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena uruvelā senānigamo tadavasariṁ.
I set out to discover what is skillful, seeking the supreme state of sublime peace. Traveling stage by stage in the Magadhan lands, I arrived at Senānigama in Uruvelā.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, tattheva nisīdiṁ:
So I sat down right there, thinking:
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, dantebhidantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṁ āhacca, cetasā cittaṁ abhiniggaṇhāmi abhinippīḷemi abhisantāpemi.
So that’s what I did,
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṁ.
So I cut off my breathing through my mouth and nose.
arahaṁ samaṇo gotamo, vihāro tveva so arahato evarūpo hotī’ti.
mn100
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, tā devatā paccācikkhāmi, ‘halan’ti vadāmi.
So I dismissed those deities, saying, ‘There’s no need.’
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, thokaṁ thokaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ pasataṁ pasataṁ, yadi vā muggayūsaṁ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṁ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṁ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṁ.
So that’s what I did,
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, ‘udaracchaviṁ parimasissāmī’ti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi, ‘piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ parimasissāmī’ti udaracchaviṁyeva pariggaṇhāmi; yāvassu me, bhāradvāja, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṁ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, the skin of my belly stuck to my backbone, so that when I tried to rub the skin of my belly I grabbed my backbone, and when I tried to rub my backbone I rubbed the skin of my belly.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, ‘vaccaṁ vā muttaṁ vā karissāmī’ti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to urinate or defecate I fell face down right there.
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, imameva kāyaṁ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anumajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhāradvāja, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā papatanti tāyevappāhāratāya.
Due to eating so little, when I tried to relieve my body by rubbing my limbs with my hands, the hair, rotted at its roots, fell out.
‘kiṁ nu kho ahaṁ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi yaṁ taṁ sukhaṁ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti?
‘Why am I afraid of that pleasure, for it has nothing to do with sensual pleasures or unskillful qualities?’
‘na kho ahaṁ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi yaṁ taṁ sukhaṁ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti.
‘I’m not afraid of that pleasure, for it has nothing to do with sensual pleasures or unskillful qualities.’
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ odanakummāsaṁ.
So I ate some solid food.
Yato kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāresiṁ odanakummāsaṁ, atha me te pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nibbijja pakkamiṁsu:
But when I ate some solid food, they left disappointed in me, saying,
So kho ahaṁ, bhāradvāja, oḷārikaṁ āhāraṁ āhāretvā balaṁ gahetvā vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja vihāsiṁ.
After eating solid food and gathering my strength, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption …

mn101 Devadahasutta At Devadaha devadahaṁ ahaṁ arahaṁ 8 4 En Ru

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.
At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Devadaha.
ahaṁ kho pubbe sallena viddho ahosiṁ savisena gāḷhūpalepanena.
“Earlier I was struck by an arrow thickly smeared with poison,
so ahaṁ esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṁ.
mn101
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṁ:
When they said this, I said to them,
Evaṁvādī kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhesu na kañci sahadhammikaṁ vādapaṭihāraṁ samanupassāmi.
When I said this, I did not see any legitimate defense of their doctrine from the Jains. Evaṁvādī → evaṁvādīsu (mr) | kañci → kiñci (bj, cck, pts1ed, mr)
Evaṁvādīpi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhesu na kañci sahadhammikaṁ vādapaṭihāraṁ samanupassāmi.
When I said this, I did not see any legitimate defense of their doctrine from the Jains. Evaṁvādīpi → evaṁvādīsupi (mr)
ahaṁ kho amussā itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho.
‘I’m in love with that woman, full of intense desire and lust.
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
Furthermore, a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

mn104 Sāmagāmasutta At Sāmagāma ahaṁ 11 0 En Ru

“na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi. Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ. Āropito te vādo. Niggahitosi, cara vādappamokkhāya; nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī”ti.
“You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!” Adhiciṇṇaṁ → āciṇṇaṁ (bj); aviciṇṇaṁ (si); aviciṇṇan (pts1ed)
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, ummādaṁ pāpuṇiṁ cetaso vipariyāsaṁ.
‘Reverends, I had gone mad, I was out of my mind.
ahaṁ, bhante, itthannāmaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno, taṁ paṭidesemī’ti.
‘Sir, I have fallen into such-and-such an offense. I confess it.’
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā’ti.
‘No, reverends, I don’t recall committing such an offense.’
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā;
‘Reverends, I don’t recall committing a serious offense of that nature.
sarāmi ca kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evarūpiṁ appamattikaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā’ti.
But I do recall committing a light offense.’
‘sarāmi kho ahaṁ, āvuso, evarūpiṁ garukaṁ āpattiṁ āpajjitā pārājikaṁ vā pārājikasāmantaṁ vā.
‘Reverend, I do recall committing the kind of serious offense that entails expulsion or close to it.
Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti.
If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’
Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ yā ceva imesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṁ atthāya attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṁ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṁ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṁyuttan’ti.
If it seems appropriate to the Saṅgha, then—for the benefit of these venerables and myself—I disclose in the middle of the Saṅgha by means of covering over with grass any offenses committed by these venerables and by myself, excepting only those that are gravely blameworthy and those connected with laypeople.’

mn106 Āneñjasappāyasutta Conducive to the Imperturbable kahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Kahaṁ pana so, bhante, bhikkhu upādiyamāno upādiyatī”ti?
“But sir, what is that mendicant grasping?”

mn107 Gaṇakamoggallānasutta With Moggallāna the Accountant ahaṁ rājagahaṁ icchāmahaṁ tiṭṭhāmahaṁ 13 4 En Ru

“Evaṁ, bho, kusalo ahaṁ rājagahagāmissa maggassā”ti.
“Yes, I am.”
idha puriso āgaccheyya rājagahaṁ gantukāmo.
Suppose a person was to come along who wanted to go to Rājagaha.
‘icchāmahaṁ, bhante, rājagahaṁ gantuṁ;
‘Sir, I wish to go to Rājagaha.
‘ehambho purisa, ayaṁ maggo rājagahaṁ gacchati.
‘Here, mister, this road goes to Rājagaha.
Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya rājagahaṁ gantukāmo.
But a second person might come with the same question and receive the same instructions.
‘icchāmahaṁ, bhante, rājagahaṁ gantuṁ;
mn107
‘ehambho purisa, ayaṁ maggo rājagahaṁ gacchati.
mn107
So tayā evaṁ ovadīyamāno evaṁ anusāsīyamāno sotthinā rājagahaṁ gaccheyya.
Instructed by you, they might safely arrive at Rājagaha.
Ko nu kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ko paccayo yaṁ tiṭṭhateva rājagahaṁ, tiṭṭhati rājagahagāmī maggo, tiṭṭhasi tvaṁ samādapetā;
What is the cause, brahmin, what is the reason why, though Rājagaha is present, the path leading to Rājagaha is present, and you are there to encourage them,
atha ca pana tayā evaṁ ovadīyamāno evaṁ anusāsīyamāno eko puriso ummaggaṁ gahetvā pacchāmukho gaccheyya, eko sotthinā rājagahaṁ gaccheyyā”ti?
one person takes the wrong path and heads west, while another arrives safely at Rājagaha?”
“Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, tiṭṭhateva nibbānaṁ, tiṭṭhati nibbānagāmī maggo, tiṭṭhāmahaṁ samādapetā;
“In the same way, though extinguishment is present, the path leading to extinguishment is present, and I am present to encourage them,

mn108 Gopakamoggallānasutta With Moggallāna the Guardian rājagahaṁ arahaṁ ahaṁ kahaṁ 9 4 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahaṁ paṭisaṅkhārāpeti rañño pajjotassa āsaṅkamāno.
Now at that time King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, being suspicious of King Pajjota, was having Rājagaha fortified.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
“atthi nu kho, bho ānanda, ekabhikkhupi tehi dhammehi sabbenasabbaṁ sabbathāsabbaṁ samannāgato yehi dhammehi samannāgato so bhavaṁ gotamo ahosi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti?
“Master Ānanda, is there even a single mendicant who has all the same qualities in each and every way as possessed by Master Gotama, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”
“Natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi tehi dhammehi sabbenasabbaṁ sabbathāsabbaṁ samannāgato yehi dhammehi samannāgato so bhagavā ahosi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
“No, brahmin, there is not.
‘atthi nu kho, bho ānanda, ekabhikkhupi tehi dhammehi sabbenasabbaṁ sabbathāsabbaṁ samannāgato yehi dhammehi samannāgato so bhavaṁ gotamo ahosi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho’ti.
mn108
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, gopakamoggallānaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn108
‘natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi tehi dhammehi sabbenasabbaṁ sabbathāsabbaṁ samannāgato yehi dhammehi samannāgato so bhagavā ahosi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
mn108
“kahaṁ pana bhavaṁ ānando etarahi viharatī”ti?
“Where are you staying at present?”
‘natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi tehi dhammehi sabbenasabbaṁ sabbathāsabbaṁ samannāgato yehi dhammehi samannāgato so bhagavā ahosi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
‘There is no single mendicant who has all the same qualities in each and every way as possessed by Master Gotama, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.

mn109 Mahāpuṇṇamasutta The Longer Discourse on the Full-Moon Night ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 2 0 En Ru

“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?”
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.”

mn110 Cūḷapuṇṇamasutta The Shorter Discourse on the Full-Moon Night devadahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Devadahaṁ pañcattayaṁ,
mn110

mn112 Chabbisodhanasutta The Sixfold Purification ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 20 1 En Ru

‘diṭṭhe kho ahaṁ, āvuso, anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharāmi.
‘Reverends, I live without attraction or repulsion for what is seen; independent, untied, liberated, detached, my mind free of limits.
Sute kho ahaṁ, āvuso …pe…
I live without attraction or repulsion for what is heard …
mute kho ahaṁ, āvuso …
thought …
viññāte kho ahaṁ, āvuso, anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṁyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharāmi.
or known; independent, untied, liberated, detached, my mind free of limits.
‘rūpaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye rūpe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.
‘Reverends, knowing that form is powerless, fading, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for form. upāyūpādānā → upayūpādānā (bj, mr); upādāyupādānā (sya-all); upāyupādānā (pts1ed) | virāgunaṁ → virāgaṁ (bj, pts1ed); virāgutaṁ (ṭīkā)
Vedanaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …pe…
Knowing that feeling …
saññaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …
perception …
saṅkhāre kho ahaṁ, āvuso …
choices …
viññāṇaṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, abalaṁ virāgunaṁ anassāsikanti viditvā ye viññāṇe upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.
consciousness is powerless, fading, and unreliable, I understand that my mind is freed through the ending, fading away, cessation, giving away, and letting go of attraction, grasping, mental fixation, insistence, and underlying tendency for consciousness.
‘pathavīdhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na attato upagacchiṁ, na ca pathavīdhātunissitaṁ attānaṁ.
‘Reverends, I’ve not taken the earth element as self, nor is there a self based on the earth element.
Āpodhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …pe…
I’ve not taken the water element …
tejodhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …
fire element …
vāyodhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …
air element …
ākāsadhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso …
space element …
viññāṇadhātuṁ kho ahaṁ, āvuso, na attato upagacchiṁ, na ca viññāṇadhātunissitaṁ attānaṁ.
consciousness element as self, nor is there a self based on the consciousness element.
‘Kathaṁ jānato panāyasmato, kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti?
‘Sir, how does the venerable know and see so that he has eradicated ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?’ samūhatā’ti → susamūhatāti (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
‘pubbe kho ahaṁ, āvuso, agāriyabhūto samāno aviddasu ahosiṁ.
‘Formerly, reverends, when I was still a layperson, I was ignorant.
So kho ahaṁ, āvuso, aparena samayena appaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ pahāya mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ pahāya, appaṁ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṁ pahāya mahantaṁ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṁ pahāya kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajiṁ.
After some time I gave up a large or small fortune, and a large or small family circle. I shaved off hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness.
evameva kho ahaṁ, āvuso; santuṭṭho ahosiṁ kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamiṁ samādāyeva pakkamiṁ.
In the same way, I became content with robes to look after the body and almsfood to look after the belly. Wherever I went, I set out taking only these things.
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā samūhatā’ti.
That is how I know and see so that I have eradicated ego, possessiveness, and underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.’

mn113 Sappurisasutta A True Person ahaṁ 18 0 En Ru

ahaṁ khomhi uccākulā pabbajito, ime panaññe bhikkhū na uccākulā pabbajitā’ti.
‘I have gone forth from an eminent family, unlike these other mendicants.’
ahaṁ khomhi uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito, ime panaññe bhikkhū na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitā’ti.
‘I have gone forth from an extremely wealthy family, unlike these other mendicants.’
ahaṁ khomhi ñāto yasassī, ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti.
‘I’m well-known and famous. These other mendicants are obscure and insignificant.’
ahaṁ khomhi lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ, ime panaññe bhikkhū na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan’ti.
‘I receive robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick, unlike these other mendicants.’
ahaṁ khomhi bahussuto, ime panaññe bhikkhū na bahussutā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi vinayadharo, ime panaññe bhikkhū na vinayadharā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi dhammakathiko, ime panaññe bhikkhū na dhammakathikā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi āraññiko ime panaññe bhikkhū na āraññikā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi paṁsukūliko, ime panaññe bhikkhū na paṁsukūlikā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi piṇḍapātiko, ime panaññe bhikkhū na piṇḍapātikā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi rukkhamūliko, ime panaññe bhikkhū na rukkhamūlikā’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi ekāsaniko, ime panaññe bhikkhū na ekāsanikā’ti.
‘I eat in one sitting per day, unlike these other mendicants.’
ahaṁ khomhi paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiyā na lābhino’ti.
‘I have attained the first absorption, unlike these other mendicants.’
ahaṁ khomhi catutthajjhānasamāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū catutthajjhānasamāpattiyā na lābhino’ti.
‘I have attained the fourth absorption, unlike these other mendicants.’
ahaṁ khomhi ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā na lābhino’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā na lābhino’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā na lābhino’ti.
mn113
ahaṁ khomhi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā na lābhino’ti.
‘I have attained the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, unlike these other mendicants.’

mn114 Sevitabbāsevitabbasutta What Should and Should Not Be Cultivated ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”

mn115 Bahudhātukasutta Many Elements arahaṁ 3 1 En Ru

‘ṭhānañca kho etaṁ vijjati yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā eko arahaṁ sammāsambuddho uppajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.
But it is possible for just one perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, to arise in one solar system.’
‘Aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ itthī arahaṁ assa sammāsambuddho, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;
They understand: ‘It’s impossible for a woman to be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.
‘ṭhānañca kho etaṁ vijjati yaṁ puriso arahaṁ assa sammāsambuddho, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.
But it is possible for a man to be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.’

mn116 Isigilisutta At Isigili lomahaṁso 1 0 En Ru

Satthā pavattā sarabhaṅgo lomahaṁso,
Satthar, Pavattar, Sarabhaṅga, Lomahaṁsa,

mn117 Mahācattārīsakasutta The Great Forty sattahaṅgehi sammādiṭṭhimpahaṁ sammāsaṅkappampahaṁ sammāvācampahaṁ sammākammantampahaṁ sammāājīvampahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā parikkhatā—
Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites
Sammādiṭṭhimpahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi—
Right view is twofold, I say. dvāyaṁ → dvayaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Sammāsaṅkappampahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi—
Right thought is twofold, I say.
Sammāvācampahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi—
Right speech is twofold, I say.
Sammākammantampahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi—
Right action is twofold, I say.
Sammāājīvampahaṁ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṁ vadāmi—
Right livelihood is twofold, I say.

mn118 Ānāpānassatisutta Mindfulness of Breathing samādahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati;
They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe in immersing the mind in samādhi.’ They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe out immersing the mind in samādhi.’
‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati;
or immersing the mind in samādhi,

mn122 Mahāsuññatasutta The Longer Discourse on Emptiness arahaṁ ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Idhānanda, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.
Na vo ahaṁ, ānanda, tathā parakkamissāmi yathā kumbhakāro āmake āmakamatte.
I shall not mollycoddle you like a potter with their damp, unfired pots.

mn123 Acchariyaabbhutasutta Incredible and Amazing idaṁpahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusite kāye aṭṭhāsi idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha. idampāhaṁ → idaṁpahaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed)

mn124 Bākulasutta With Bakkula ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Sattāhameva kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṁ bhuñjiṁ;
“Reverend, for seven days I ate the nation’s almsfood as a debtor.

mn125 Dantabhūmisutta The Level of the Tamed ahaṁ arahaṁ 8 6 En Ru

“Na kho te ahaṁ, rājakumāra, sakkomi yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ desetuṁ.
“I’m not competent to do so, Prince.
“Deseyyaṁ kho te ahaṁ, rājakumāra, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ.
“Then I shall teach you.
Sace ahaṁ bhoto aggivessanassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmi, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ;
If I understand the meaning of what you say, that’s good. ājānissāmi → ājāneyyāmi (sya-all, mr)
no ce ahaṁ bhoto aggivessanassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmi, yathāsake tiṭṭhissāmi, nāhaṁ tattha bhavantaṁ aggivessanaṁ uttariṁ paṭipucchissāmī”ti.
If not, then I will leave each to his own, and not question you about it further.” tiṭṭhissāmi → tiṭṭheyyāmi (mr)
‘passāmi kho ahaṁ, samma, uparipabbate ṭhito ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṁ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan’ti.
‘Standing at the peak, I see delightful parks, woods, meadows, and lotus ponds!’
‘passāmi kho ahaṁ, samma, uparipabbate ṭhito ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṁ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan’ti.
‘Standing at the peak, I see delightful parks, woods, meadows, and lotus ponds!’
‘passāmi kho ahaṁ, samma, uparipabbate ṭhito ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṁ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan’ti.
“Standing at the peak, I see delightful parks, woods, meadows, and lotus ponds!”’
Evameva kho, aggivessana, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
In the same way, Aggivessana, a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

mn126 Bhūmijasutta With Bhūmija ahaṁ 1 9 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, jayasenaṁ rājakumāraṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn126

mn127 Anuruddhasutta With Anuruddha ahaṁ 1 5 En Ru

api ca te ahaṁ byākarissāmi:
Nevertheless, I will answer you.

mn128 Upakkilesasutta Corruptions kalahaṁ viggahaṁ sampahaṁsetvā ahaṁ 24 4 En Ru

“alaṁ, bhikkhave, mā bhaṇḍanaṁ, mā kalahaṁ, mā viggahaṁ, mā vivādan”ti.
“Enough, mendicants! Stop arguing, quarreling, and disputing.”
“alaṁ, bhikkhave, mā bhaṇḍanaṁ, mā kalahaṁ, mā viggahaṁ, mā vivādan”ti.
mn128
“alaṁ, bhikkhave, mā bhaṇḍanaṁ, mā kalahaṁ, mā viggahaṁ, mā vivādan”ti.
“Enough, mendicants! Stop arguing, quarreling, and disputing.”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ bhaguṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena pācīnavaṁsadāyo tenupasaṅkami.
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Bhagu with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and set out for the Eastern Bamboo Park.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, sakaṁ cittaṁ nikkhipitvā imesaṁyeva āyasmantānaṁ cittassa vasena vattāmi.
And that’s what I do.
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, sakaṁ cittaṁ nikkhipitvā imesaṁyeva āyasmantānaṁ cittassa vasena vattāmi.
mn128
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi dassanañca rūpānaṁ.
While meditating diligent, keen, and resolute, I perceived both light and vision of forms.
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā …pe…
While meditating …
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi dassanañca rūpānaṁ.
While meditating diligent, keen, and resolute, I perceived both light and vision of forms.
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā, ‘vicikicchā cittassa upakkileso’ti—iti viditvā vicikicchaṁ cittassa upakkilesaṁ pajahiṁ,
When I understood that doubt is a corruption of the mind, I gave it up.
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañhi kho sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi;
While meditating diligent, keen, and resolute, I perceived light but did not see forms,
‘yasmiñhi kho ahaṁ samaye rūpanimittaṁ amanasikaritvā obhāsanimittaṁ manasi karomi, obhāsañhi kho tasmiṁ samaye sañjānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmi.
‘When I don’t focus on the foundation of the forms, but focus on the foundation of the light, then I perceive light and do not see forms.
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto parittañceva obhāsaṁ sañjānāmi, parittāni ca rūpāni passāmi;
While meditating diligent, keen, and resolute, I perceived limited light and saw limited forms,
So kho ahaṁ, anuruddhā, savitakkampi savicāraṁ samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ, avitakkampi vicāramattaṁ samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ, avitakkampi avicāraṁ samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ, sappītikampi samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ, nippītikampi samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ, sātasahagatampi samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ, upekkhāsahagatampi samādhiṁ bhāvesiṁ.
I developed immersion while placing the mind and keeping it connected; without placing the mind, but just keeping it connected; without placing the mind or keeping it connected; with rapture; without rapture; with pleasure; with equanimity. bhāvesiṁ → bhāvemi (mr) "

mn129 Bālapaṇḍitasutta The Foolish and the Astute ahaṁ 4 13 En Ru

Anekapariyāyenapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayakathaṁ katheyyaṁ;
I could tell you many different things about hell.
Anekapariyāyenapi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, tiracchānayonikathaṁ katheyyaṁ;
I could tell you many different things about the animal realm.
Assaṁ nu kho ahaṁ rājā cakkavattī’ti?
Am I then a wheel-turning monarch?’
‘appossukko tvaṁ, deva, hohi. Ahaṁ te dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṁ karissāmī’ti.
‘Relax, sire. I will take care of the treasury.’ dhanakaraṇīyaṁ → dhanena karaṇīyaṁ (mr)

mn130 Devadūtasutta Messengers of the Gods ahaṁ arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

evameva kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manussesu upapannā. Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā pettivisayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tiracchānayoniṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā’ti.
In the same way, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, or among humans. These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the ghost realm, the animal realm, or in a lower realm, a bad destination, a world of misery, hell.’
Aho vatāhaṁ manussattaṁ labheyyaṁ. Tathāgato ca loke uppajjeyya arahaṁ sammāsambuddho. Tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyaṁ.
Oh, I hope I may be reborn as a human being! And that a Realized One—a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha—arises in the world! And that I may pay homage to the Buddha!

mn132 Ānandabhaddekarattasutta Ānanda and One Fine Night sampahaṁseti sampahaṁsesi ahaṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ 9 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca bhāsati.
Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk on the topic of the recitation passage and analysis of One Fine Night.
“ko nu kho, bhikkhave, upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsī”ti?
“Who was inspiring the mendicants with a talk on the recitation passage and analysis of One Fine Night?”
“Āyasmā, bhante, ānando upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsī”ti.
“It was Venerable Ānanda, sir.”
“yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsī”ti?
“But in what way were you inspiring the mendicants with a talk on the recitation passage and analysis of One Fine Night?”
“Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṁ samādapesiṁ samuttejesiṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsiṁ—
“I was doing so in this way, sir,” replied Ānanda.
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṁ samādapesiṁ samuttejesiṁ sampahaṁsesiṁ, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsin”ti.
“That’s how I was inspiring the mendicants with a talk on the recitation passage and analysis of One Fine Night.”
Sādhu kho tvaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi, bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsi:
It’s good that you were inspiring the mendicants with a talk on the recitation passage and analysis of One Fine Night.”

mn133 Mahākaccānabhaddekarattasutta Mahākaccāna and One Fine Night ahaṁ 7 1 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.
“No, reverend, I do not.
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthāti.
“I do not.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ devataṁ etadavocaṁ:
mn133
‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.
mn133
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthāti.
mn133
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi—
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
mn133

mn134 Lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasutta Lomasakaṅgiya and One Fine Night ahaṁ 10 0 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.
“No, reverend, I do not.
“Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā.
“I do not.
“Dhāremi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhu, bhaddekarattiyo gāthā”ti.
“I do.”
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhu, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā.
That’s how I remember the verses of One Fine Night.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ devaputtaṁ etadavocaṁ:

‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca.

‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā.

‘Dhāremi kho ahaṁ, bhikkhu, bhaddekarattiyo gāthā’ti.

Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhu, dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā.

“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, jānāmi taṁ devaputtan”ti.
“I do not, sir.”

mn135 Cūḷakammavibhaṅgasutta The Shorter Analysis of Deeds ahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

“Na kho ahaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
“I don’t understand the meaning of what Master Gotama has said in brief, without explaining the details.
Sādhu me bhavaṁ gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā ahaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājāneyyan”ti.
Master Gotama, please teach me this matter in detail so I can understand the meaning.”

mn136 Mahākammavibhaṅgasutta The Longer Analysis of Deeds ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“dassanampi kho ahaṁ, ānanda, potaliputtassa paribbājakassa nābhijānāmi, kuto panevarūpaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ?
“I don’t recall even seeing the wanderer Potaliputta, Ānanda, so how could we have had such a discussion?
Aññāsiṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda:
I knew that

mn138 Uddesavibhaṅgasutta The Analysis of a Recitation Passage ahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.

mn140 Dhātuvibhaṅgasutta The Analysis of the Elements rājagahaṁ arahaṁ kahaṁ ahaṁ 13 3 En Ru

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari;
At one time the Buddha was wandering in the Magadhan lands when he arrived at Rājagaha.
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
“Kahaṁ pana, bhikkhu, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.
“But mendicant, where is the Blessed One at present, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”
Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho”ti.
There the Blessed One is now staying, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.”
‘imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ.
‘If I were to apply this equanimity, so pure and bright, to the dimension of infinite space, my mind would develop accordingly.
Imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ.
If I were to apply this equanimity, so pure and bright, to the dimension of infinite consciousness, my mind would develop accordingly.
Imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ.
If I were to apply this equanimity, so pure and bright, to the dimension of nothingness, my mind would develop accordingly.
Imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ.
If I were to apply this equanimity, so pure and bright, to the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, my mind would develop accordingly.
‘imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ;
‘If I were to apply this equanimity, so pure and bright, to the dimension of infinite space, my mind would develop accordingly.
Imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ;
If I were to apply this equanimity, so pure and bright, to the dimension of infinite consciousness …
Imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ;
nothingness …
Imañce ahaṁ upekkhaṁ evaṁ parisuddhaṁ evaṁ pariyodātaṁ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasaṁhareyyaṁ, tadanudhammañca cittaṁ bhāveyyaṁ;
neither perception nor non-perception, my mind would develop accordingly.

mn142 Dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasutta The Analysis of Religious Donations abhisaddahaṁ anabhisaddahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

Abhisaddahaṁ kammaphalaṁ uḷāraṁ,
trusting in the ample fruit of deeds,
Anabhisaddahaṁ kammaphalaṁ uḷāraṁ,
not trusting in the ample fruit of deeds,
Anabhisaddahaṁ kammaphalaṁ uḷāraṁ,
not trusting in the ample fruit of deeds,
Abhisaddahaṁ kammaphalaṁ uḷāraṁ,
trusting in the ample fruit of deeds,
Abhisaddahaṁ kammaphalaṁ uḷāraṁ,
trusting in the ample fruit of deeds,

mn144 Channovādasutta Advice to Channa ahaṁ tamahaṁ 4 4 En Ru

Sace āyasmato channassa natthi sappāyāni bhojanāni, ahaṁ āyasmato channassa sappāyāni bhojanāni pariyesissāmi.
If you don’t have any suitable food, we’ll find it for you.
Sace āyasmato channassa natthi sappāyāni bhesajjāni, ahaṁ āyasmato channassa sappāyāni bhesajjāni pariyesissāmi.
If you don’t have suitable medicine, we’ll find it for you.
Sace āyasmato channassa natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā, ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ upaṭṭhahissāmi.
If you don’t have a capable carer, we’ll find one for you.
Yo kho, sāriputta, imañca kāyaṁ nikkhipati aññañca kāyaṁ upādiyati tamahaṁ ‘saupavajjo’ti vadāmi.
When someone lays down this body and takes up another body, I call them ‘blameworthy’.

mn145 Puṇṇovādasutta Advice to Puṇṇa yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu maṁ, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadatu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

mn150 Nagaravindeyyasutta With the People of Nagaravinda arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

mn151 Piṇḍapātapārisuddhisutta The Purification of Alms ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Suññatāvihārena kho ahaṁ, bhante, etarahi bahulaṁ viharāmī”ti.
“Sir, these days I usually practice the meditation on emptiness.”

sn1.17 Dukkarasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Hard to Do samodahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Samodahaṁ bhikkhu manovitakke;
as a tortoise draws its limbs into its shell.

sn1.20 Samiddhisutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ With Samiddhi ahaṁ arahaṁ yamahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ.
“I’m junior, good sir, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training.
Ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rājagahe viharati tapodārāme.
But the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monatery.
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ devataṁ gāthāya paccabhāsiṁ:
sn1.20
ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena ācikkhituṁ.
sn1.20
Ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rājagahe viharati tapodārāme.
sn1.20
“puccha, bhikkhu, puccha, bhikkhu, yamahaṁ anuppattā”ti.
“Ask, mendicant, ask! For I have arrived.”

sn1.25 Arahantasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One arahaṁ ahaṁ 7 0 En Ru

“Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṁ katāvī,
“When a mendicant is perfected, proficient,
Ahaṁ vadāmītipi so vadeyya,
would they say, ‘I speak’,
“Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṁ katāvī,
“When a mendicant is perfected, proficient,
Ahaṁ vadāmītipi so vadeyya,
they would say, ‘I speak’,
“Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṁ katāvī,
“When a mendicant is perfected, proficient,
Ahaṁ vadāmītipi so vadeyya;
if they’d say, ‘I speak’,
Ahaṁ vadāmītipi so vadeyya.
they’d still say, ‘I speak’,

sn1.37 Samayasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ The Congregation samādahaṁsu 1 1 En Ru

“Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṁsu,
“The mendicants there have immersion,

sn1.41 Ādittasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ On Fire sapariggahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Sarīraṁ sapariggahaṁ;
along with all your possessions.

sn1.79 Pātheyyasutta Devatāsaṁyuttaṁ Provisions dujjahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

kiṁsu lokasmi dujjahaṁ;
What in the world is hard to give up?

sn2.6 Kāmadasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Kāmada dussamādahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Dussamādahaṁ, bhagavā, yadidaṁ cittan”ti.
“But it’s hard, Blessed One, to immerse this mind in samādhi.”
“Dussamādahaṁ vāpi samādahanti,
“They become immersed in samādhi even though it’s hard,”

sn2.18 Kakudhasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Kakudha ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Anagho ve ahaṁ yakkha,
“I’m genuinely untroubled, spirit,

sn2.23 Serīsutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Serī ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

ahaṁ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī.
‘I’m a giver, a donor, who praises giving.
ahaṁ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī.
‘I’m a giver, a donor, who praises giving.
ahaṁ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī.
‘I’m a giver, a donor, who praises giving.
ahaṁ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī.
‘I’m a giver, a donor, who praises giving.

sn2.25 Jantusutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Jantu vadāmahaṁ vandāmahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

idhekacce vadāmahaṁ;
I speak here only about certain people. vadāmahaṁ → vandāmahaṁ (pts1ed, mr)

sn2.26 Rohitassasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ With Rohitassa ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’

sn2.30 Nānātitthiyasāvakasutta Devaputtasaṁyuttaṁ The Disciples of Various Monastics of Other Religions kalahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Vācaṁ pahāya kalahaṁ janena;
He gave up arguing with people.

sn3.11 Sattajaṭilasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Seven Matted-Hair Ascetics ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tehi paṭhamaṁ ociṇṇaṁ ahaṁ pacchā osāpayissāmi.
First they go undercover, then I have them report to me. osāpayissāmi → oyāyissāmi (bj); ohayissāmi (sya-all, km)

sn3.19 Paṭhamaaputtakasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Childless (1st) tamahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Tamahaṁ aputtakaṁ sāpateyyaṁ rājantepuraṁ atiharitvā āgacchāmi.
Since he died childless, I have come after transferring his fortune to the royal compound.

sn3.20 Dutiyaaputtakasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Childless (2nd) tamahaṁ pariggahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Tamahaṁ aputtakaṁ sāpateyyaṁ rājantepuraṁ atiharitvā āgacchāmi.
Since he died childless, I have come after transferring his fortune to the royal compound.
Pariggahaṁ vāpi yadatthi kiñci;
or whatever other possessions there are;

sn3.24 Issattasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ Archery pañcahaṅgehi 2 0 En Ru

Katamehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato hoti?
What are the five factors they possess?
Imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.
These are the five factors they possess.

sn3.25 Pabbatūpamasutta Kosalasaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Mountain ahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

‘yagghe, mahārāja, jāneyyāsi, ahaṁ āgacchāmi puratthimāya disāya.
‘Please sir, you should know this. I come from the east.
‘yagghe, mahārāja, jāneyyāsi, ahaṁ āgacchāmi dakkhiṇāya disāya.
‘Please sir, you should know this. I come from the south.

sn4.1 Tapokammasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Mortification natthāvahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Sabbaṁ natthāvahaṁ hoti,
is as futile

sn4.2 Hatthirājavaṇṇasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ In the Form of an Elephant King lomahaṁsaṁ 1 3 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo mahantaṁ hatthirājavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, manifested in the form of a huge elephant king and approached him.

sn4.3 Subhasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Beautiful lomahaṁsaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā, bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṁseti, subhā ceva asubhā ca.
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, approached him, and while not far away generated a rainbow of bright colors, both beautiful and ugly.

sn4.6 Sappasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ A Serpent lomahaṁsaṁ 1 5 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo mahantaṁ sapparājavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, manifested in the form of a huge serpent king and approached him.

sn4.11 Pāsāṇasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Boulders lomahaṁsaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahante pāsāṇe padālesi.
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, approached him, and crushed some large boulders close by him.

sn4.13 Sakalikasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ A Splinter sayāmahaṁ ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sayāmahaṁ sabbabhūtānukampī.
I lie down full of compassion for all living creatures.
Tasmā ahaṁ na supe vītasallo.
So why not I, whose dart is drawn out?

sn4.16 Pattasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ The Alms Bowls sampahaṁseti 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ upādāya bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk on the topic of the five grasping aggregates. samādapeti → samādāpeti (?)
“ayaṁ kho samaṇo gotamo pañcannaṁ upādānakkhandhānaṁ upādāya bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
“This ascetic Gotama is educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk on the topic of the five grasping aggregates.

sn4.17 Chaphassāyatanasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ The Six Fields of Contact sampahaṁseti sappahaṁseti 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ upādāya bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk on the topic of the six fields of contact.
“ayaṁ kho samaṇo gotamo channaṁ phassāyatanānaṁ upādāya bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sappahaṁseti.
“This ascetic Gotama is educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk on the topic of the six fields of contact.

sn4.19 Kassakasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ A Farmer sampahaṁseti ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.
ye vadanti na te ahaṁ;
I’m not someone who speaks like that.

sn4.22 Samiddhisutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ With Samiddhi arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

yassa me satthā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
to have a teacher who is a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha!
yassa me satthā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
sn4.22

sn4.23 Godhikasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ With Godhika svahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

disā anudisā svahaṁ;
in the four quarters and in-between,

sn4.24 Sattavassānubandhasutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Seven Years of Following ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

ye vadanti na te ahaṁ;
I’m not someone who speaks like that.

sn4.25 Māradhītusutta Mārasaṁyuttaṁ Māra’s Daughters arahaṁ socāmahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Arahaṁ sugato loke,
“In this world he is the perfected one, the Holy One.
tasmā socāmahaṁ bhusan”ti.
that’s why I’m so upset.”
‘Arahaṁ sugato loke,
‘In this world he is the perfected one, the Holy One.
tasmā socāmahaṁ bhusan’ti.
that’s why I’m so upset.’

sn5.1 Āḷavikāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Āḷavikā lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā āḷavikāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo vivekamhā cāvetukāmo yena āḷavikā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷavikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Āḷavikā feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make her fall away from seclusion, went up to her and addressed her in verse:
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo vivekamhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from seclusion!”

sn5.2 Somāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Somā lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā somāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo yena somā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā somaṁ bhikkhuniṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Somā feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make her fall away from immersion, went up to her and addressed her in verse:
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from immersion!”

sn5.3 Kisāgotamīsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Kisāgotamī lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā kisāgotamiyā bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo yena kisāgotamī bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kisāgotamiṁ bhikkhuniṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Kisāgotamī feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make her fall away from immersion, went up to her and addressed her in verse:
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from immersion!”

sn5.4 Vijayāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Vijayā lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā vijayāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo yena vijayā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vijayaṁ bhikkhuniṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Vijayā feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make her fall away from immersion, went up to her and addressed her in verse:
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from immersion!”

sn5.5 Uppalavaṇṇāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Uppalavaṇṇā lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo yena uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā uppalavaṇṇaṁ bhikkhuniṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Uppalavaṇṇā feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make her fall away from immersion, went up to her and addressed her in verse:
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from immersion!”

sn5.9 Selāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Selā lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā selāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo …pe…
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Selā feel fear, terror, and goosebumps …
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from immersion!”

sn5.10 Vajirāsutta Bhikkhunīsaṁyuttaṁ With Vajirā lomahaṁsaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho māro pāpimā vajirāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo yena vajirā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā vajiraṁ bhikkhuniṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the nun Vajirā feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make her fall away from immersion, went up to her and addressed her in verse:
“māro kho ayaṁ pāpimā mama bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cāvetukāmo gāthaṁ bhāsatī”ti.
“This is Māra the Wicked, wanting to make me feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, wanting to make me fall away from immersion!”

sn6.2 Gāravasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ Respect yamahaṁ arahaṁ 6 1 En Ru

Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā sīlasampannataraṁ aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—who is more accomplished than myself in ethics, who I should honor and respect and rely on.
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke …pe… attanā samādhisampannataraṁ aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin … who is more accomplished than myself in immersion …
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake …pe… attanā paññāsampannataraṁ aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin … who is more accomplished than myself in wisdom …
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake …pe… attanā vimuttisampannataraṁ aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin … who is more accomplished than myself in freedom …
Na kho panāhaṁ passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannataraṁ aññaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā, yamahaṁ sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihareyyaṁ.
But I don’t see any other ascetic or brahmin in this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—who is more accomplished than myself in the knowledge and vision of freedom, who I should honor and respect and rely on.
Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammaññeva sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharatū”ti.
May the Blessed One, who is the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present, also honor and respect and rely on this same teaching.”

sn6.4 Bakabrahmasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ With Baka the Brahmā yamahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Ācikkha me taṁ yamahaṁ vijaññā”ti.
Explain to me so that I may understand.”

sn6.5 Aññatarabrahmasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ A Certain Brahmā kahaṁ ahaṁ 5 8 En Ru

“kahaṁ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī”ti?
“Where is the Buddha staying at present?”
“kahaṁ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī”ti?
sn6.5
“kahaṁ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī”ti?
sn6.5
“kahaṁ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharatī”ti?
sn6.5
ahaṁ niccomhi sassato”ti.
that I am permanent and eternal?”

sn6.9 Turūbrahmasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ With the Brahmā Tudu ahaṁ garahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ turū paccekabrahmā”ti.
“I am Tudu the independent brahmā.”
Yamariyagarahī nirayaṁ upeti,
a slanderer of noble ones goes to hell, Yamariyagarahī → yamariye garahī (sya-all, km); yamariyaṁ garahaṁ (mr) "

sn6.13 Andhakavindasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ At Andhakavinda vigatalomahaṁso 1 0 En Ru

Nisīdi tattha bhikkhu vigatalomahaṁso.
there meditates a mendicant, free of goosebumps.

sn6.14 Aruṇavatīsutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ About Aruṇavatī arahaṁ sampahaṁsesi 8 2 En Ru

Aruṇavatiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, rājadhāniṁ sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi.
Sikhī the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha lived supported by Aruṇavatī. Aruṇavatiṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, rājadhāniṁ → aruṇavatiyaṁ kho pana bhikkhave rājadhāniyaṁ (pts1ed, mr)
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho abhibhuṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha Sikhī addressed the mendicant Abhibhū,
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho abhibhū ca bhikkhu—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—aruṇavatiyā rājadhāniyā antarahitā tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahesuṁ.
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, they vanished from Aruṇavatī and appeared in that Brahmā realm.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho abhibhuṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha Sikhī addressed the mendicant Abhibhū,
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, bhikkhave, abhibhū bhikkhu sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā, brahmānañca brahmaparisañca brahmapārisajje ca dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
‘Yes, sir,’ replied Abhibhū. Then he educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho abhibhuṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha Sikhī addressed the mendicant Abhibhū,
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sikhī ca bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho abhibhū ca bhikkhu brahmānañca brahmaparisañca brahmapārisajje ca saṁvejetvā—
Having inspired that Brahmā, his assembly, and his retinue with a sense of awe,
Atha kho, bhikkhave, sikhī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then the Buddha Sikhī addressed the mendicants,

sn6.15 Parinibbānasutta Brahmasaṁyuttaṁ Final Extinguishment lomahaṁsanaṁ 1 0 En Ru

tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ;
Then they had goosebumps!

sn7.2 Akkosasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ The Abuser arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘arahaṁ samaṇo gotamo’ti.
a perfected one.

sn7.8 Aggikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja the Fire-Worshiper rājagahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.

sn7.9 Sundarikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Sundarikabhāradvāja ahaṁ arahaṁ tamahaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Hitvā ahaṁ brāhmaṇa dārudāhaṁ,
I’ve given up kindling firewood, brahmin,
Arahaṁ ahaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carāmi.
I am a perfected one leading the spiritual life.
Tamahaṁ naraṁ dhammasārīti brūmī”ti.
I declare that man to be one who follows the teaching.”

sn7.11 Kasibhāradvājasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Bhāradvāja the Farmer ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi ca, kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmi.
“I plough and sow, ascetic, and then I eat.

sn7.13 Devahitasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Devahita arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Arahaṁ sugato loke,
“The perfected one, the Holy One in the world,

sn7.17 Navakammikasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ The Builder ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho imasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe kammantaṁ kārāpento ramāmi.
“I enjoy doing this building work here in the jungle.

sn7.18 Kaṭṭhahārasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ Collecting Firewood maññāmahaṁ jhāyāmahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Maññāmahaṁ lokādhipatisahabyataṁ,
I suppose you wish to be reborn in the company
Jhāyāmahaṁ brahma raho visārado”ti.
I meditate alone, brahmin, and self-assured.”

sn7.21 Saṅgāravasutta Brāhmaṇasaṁyuttaṁ With Saṅgārava ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Idha me, bho gotama, yaṁ divā pāpakammaṁ kataṁ hoti, taṁ sāyaṁ nhānena pavāhemi, yaṁ rattiṁ pāpakammaṁ kataṁ hoti taṁ pātaṁ nhānena pavāhemi.
“It’s because, Master Gotama, whatever bad deeds I’ve done during the day I wash off by bathing at dusk; and whatever bad deeds I’ve done during the night, I wash off by bathing at dawn. Idha me, bho gotama → idha me bho gotama ahaṁ (pts1ed, mr) | nhānena → nahānena (bj, pts1ed); sayaṁ nhānena (sya2ed, km)

sn8.6 Sāriputtasutta Vaṅgīsasaṁyuttaṁ With Sāriputta sampahaṁseti 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā.
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, and expressed the meaning. anelagalāya → aneḷagalāya (bj, pts2ed, mr); anelagaḷāya (sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
“ayaṁ kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā.
“This Venerable Sāriputta is educating the mendicants. …

sn8.8 Parosahassasutta Vaṅgīsasaṁyuttaṁ Over a Thousand sampahaṁseti 2 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.
“ayaṁ kho bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
“The Buddha is educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.

sn9.13 Pākatindriyasutta Vanasaṁyuttaṁ Undisciplined Faculties vadāmahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

idhekacce vadāmahaṁ;
I speak here only about certain people.

sn10.3 Sūcilomasutta Yakkhasaṁyuttaṁ With Spiky lomahaṁso 2 0 En Ru

Aratī ratī lomahaṁso kutojā;
From where spring discontent, desire, and terror?
Aratī ratī lomahaṁso itojā;
from here spring discontent, desire, and terror;

sn10.7 Punabbasusutta Yakkhasaṁyuttaṁ With Punabbasu sampahaṁseti 1 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti.
Now at that time the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about extinguishment.

sn10.8 Sudattasutta Yakkhasaṁyuttaṁ With Sudatta rājagahaṁ lomahaṁso 7 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati rājagahaṁ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena.
Now at that time the householder Anāthapiṇḍika had arrived at Rājagaha on some business.
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nagaramhā nikkhamantassa āloko antaradhāyi, andhakāro pāturahosi, bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso udapādi, tatova puna nivattitukāmo ahosi.
But as he was leaving the city, light vanished and darkness appeared to him. He felt fear, terror, and goosebumps, and wanted to turn back.
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāro antaradhāyi, āloko pāturahosi, yaṁ ahosi bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso, so paṭippassambhi.
Then darkness vanished and light appeared to Anāthapiṇḍika. His fear, terror, and goosebumps settled down.
Dutiyampi kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa āloko antaradhāyi, andhakāro pāturahosi, bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso udapādi, tatova puna nivattitukāmo ahosi.
But for a second time, light vanished and darkness appeared to him. …
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāro antaradhāyi, āloko pāturahosi, yaṁ ahosi bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso, so paṭippassambhi.
Then darkness vanished and light appeared to Anāthapiṇḍika. His fear, terror, and goosebumps settled down.
Tatiyampi kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa āloko antaradhāyi, andhakāro pāturahosi, bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso udapādi, tatova puna nivattitukāmo ahosi.
But for a third time, light vanished and darkness appeared to him. …
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa andhakāro antaradhāyi, āloko pāturahosi, yaṁ ahosi bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁso, so paṭippassambhi.
Then darkness vanished and light appeared to Anāthapiṇḍika. His fear, terror, and goosebumps settled down.

sn10.12 Āḷavakasutta Yakkhasaṁyuttaṁ With Āḷavaka ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

So ahaṁ vicarissāmi,
I myself will journey

sn11.1 Suvīrasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ With Suvīra anuṭṭhahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘Anuṭṭhahaṁ avāyāmaṁ,
‘Suvīra, go to that place

sn11.2 Susīmasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ With Susīma anuṭṭhahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘Anuṭṭhahaṁ avāyāmaṁ,
‘Susīma, go to that place

sn11.3 Dhajaggasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ The Banner’s Crest lomahaṁso arahaṁ 13 0 En Ru

‘Sace, mārisā, devānaṁ saṅgāmagatānaṁ uppajjeyya bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, mameva tasmiṁ samaye dhajaggaṁ ullokeyyātha.
‘Good sirs, when the gods are fighting, if you get scared or terrified, just look up at my banner’s crest.
Mamañhi vo dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
Then your fear and terror will go away.
Pajāpatissa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
Then your fear and terror will go away.
Varuṇassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
Then your fear and terror will go away.
Īsānassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissatī’ti.
Then your fear and terror will go away.’
Taṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkassa vā devānamindassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ, pajāpatissa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ, varuṇassa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ, īsānassa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyethāpi nopi pahīyetha.
However, when they look up at those banner’s crests their fear and terror might go away or it might not. nopi pahīyetha → no pahīyetha (mr)
‘sace tumhākaṁ, bhikkhave, araññagatānaṁ vā rukkhamūlagatānaṁ vā suññāgāragatānaṁ vā uppajjeyya bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, mameva tasmiṁ samaye anussareyyātha:
If you’ve gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut and you get scared or terrified, just recollect me:
“itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā”ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Mamañhi vo, bhikkhave, anussarataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
Then your fear and terror will go away.
Dhammañhi vo, bhikkhave, anussarataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
Then your fear and terror will go away.
Saṅghañhi vo, bhikkhave, anussarataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.
Then your fear and terror will go away.
Tathāgato hi, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vītarāgo vītadoso vītamoho abhīru acchambhī anutrāsī apalāyī’”ti.
Because the Realized One is free of greed, hate, and delusion. He is fearless, brave, bold, and stands his ground.”
Lomahaṁso na hessatī”ti. "
and goosebumps will be no more.” "

sn11.4 Vepacittisutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ With Vepacitti ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘Etadeva ahaṁ maññe,
‘I think that this is the only way

sn11.5 Subhāsitajayasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ Victory by Good Speech ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘Etadeva ahaṁ maññe,
‘I think that this is the only way

sn11.8 Verocanaasurindasutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ Verocana, Lord of Titans yathārahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

tattha tattha yathārahaṁ;
as befits them in each case.
tattha tattha yathārahaṁ;
as befits them in each case.

sn11.23 Sambarimāyāsutta Sakkasaṁyuttaṁ The Sambari Sorcery vācemahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘vācemahaṁ, mārisā, sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ sambarimāyan’ti?
‘Good sirs, may I teach the Sambari sorcery to Sakka, lord of gods?’

sn12.12 Moḷiyaphaggunasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Phagguna of the Top-Knot ahaṁ 5 0 En Ru

“‘āhāretī’ti ahaṁ na vadāmi.
“I don’t speak of one who consumes.
“‘phusatī’ti ahaṁ na vadāmi.
“I don’t speak of one who contacts.
“‘vedayatī’ti ahaṁ na vadāmi.
“I don’t speak of one who feels.
“‘tasatī’ti ahaṁ na vadāmi.
“I don’t speak of one who craves.
“‘upādiyatī’ti ahaṁ na vadāmi.
“I don’t speak of one who grasps.

sn12.17 Acelakassapasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ With Kassapa, the Naked Ascetic rājagahaṁ ahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.
“Sir, if four months probation are required in such a case, I’ll spend four years on probation. When four years have passed, if the mendicants are satisfied, let them give me the going forth, the ordination into monkhood.” Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena → accayena parivutthaparivāsaṁ (bj); accayena parivutthaparivāse (sya-all, km); accayena parivuṭṭhaparivāsaṁ (pts1ed, pts2ed, mr) | bhikkhū → bhikkhū ākaṅkhamānā (sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed, mr) | catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena → accayena parivutthaparivāsaṁ (bj, sya-all, km); accayena parivuṭṭhaparivāsaṁ (pts1ed, pts2ed, mr) "

sn12.20 Paccayasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Conditions ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

‘ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho ahosiṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ atītamaddhānan’ti;
‘Did I exist in the past? Did I not exist in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? After being what, what did I become in the past?’ ahosiṁ nu kho ahaṁ → nu khvāhaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed, mr)
‘bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṁ anāgatamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṁ anāgatamaddhānan’ti;
‘Will I exist in the future? Will I not exist in the future? What will I be in the future? How will I be in the future? After being what, what will I become in the future?’
ahaṁ nu khosmi, no nu khosmi, kiṁ nu khosmi, kathaṁ nu khosmi, ayaṁ nu kho satto kuto āgato, so kuhiṁ gamissatī’ti—
‘Am I? Am I not? What am I? How am I? This sentient being—where did it come from? And where will it go?’

sn12.23 Upanisasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Vital Conditions ahaṁ vimuttimpahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

“Jānato ahaṁ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi, no ajānato no apassato.
“Mendicants, I say that the ending of defilements is for one who knows and sees, not for one who does not know or see.
Vimuttimpāhaṁ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṁ vadāmi, no anupanisaṁ.
I say that freedom has a vital condition, it doesn’t lack a vital condition. Vimuttimpāhaṁ → vimuttimpahaṁ (bj, sya-all, km)

sn12.24 Aññatitthiyasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Followers of Other Religions rājagahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Atha khvāhaṁ, ānanda, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ.
Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.

sn12.41 Pañcaverabhayasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Dangers and Threats arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

sn12.63 Puttamaṁsasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ A Child’s Flesh kahaṁ 2 4 En Ru

‘kahaṁ, ekaputtaka, kahaṁ, ekaputtakā’ti.
‘Where are you, our only child? Where are you, our only child?’

sn12.65 Nagarasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ The City ahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

‘yagghe, bhante, jāneyyāsi—ahaṁ addasaṁ araññe pavane caramāno purāṇaṁ maggaṁ purāṇañjasaṁ pubbakehi manussehi anuyātaṁ tamanugacchiṁ.
‘Please sir, you should know this. While walking through a forest I saw an ancient path, an ancient route traveled by humans in the past.

sn12.66 Sammasasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ Self-examination ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, sammasāmi antaraṁ sammasan”ti.
“Sir, I perform inner self-examination.”

sn12.68 Kosambisutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ At Kosambī arahaṁ ahaṁ pucchāmahaṁ 7 1 En Ru

“Tenahāyasmā musilo arahaṁ khīṇāsavo”ti?
“Then Venerable Musīla is a perfected one, with defilements ended.”
“sādhāvuso paviṭṭha, ahaṁ etaṁ pañhaṁ labheyyaṁ.
“Reverend Saviṭṭha, please let me answer these questions.
Ahaṁ te etaṁ pañhaṁ byākarissāmī”ti.
and I will answer them for you.”
Pucchāmahaṁ āyasmantaṁ nāradaṁ etaṁ pañhaṁ.
I’ll ask you
“Tenahāyasmā nārado arahaṁ khīṇāsavo”ti?
“Then Venerable Nārada is a perfected one, with defilements ended.”
“‘Bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti kho me, āvuso, yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṁ, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo.
“I have truly seen clearly with right wisdom that the cessation of continued existence is extinguishment. Yet I am not a perfected one.
Evameva kho, āvuso, ‘bhavanirodho nibbānan’ti yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṁ, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo”ti.
In the same way, I have truly seen clearly with right wisdom that the cessation of continued existence is extinguishment. Yet I am not a perfected one.”

sn12.70 Susimaparibbājakasutta Nidānasaṁyuttaṁ The Wanderer Susīma icchāmahaṁ 2 9 En Ru

“icchāmahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun”ti.
“Reverend Ānanda, I wish to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.”
‘icchāmahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṁ caritun’”ti.
he wishes to lead the spiritual life in this teaching and training.”

sn15.20 Vepullapabbatasutta Anamataggasaṁyuttaṁ Mount Vepulla arahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti.
At that time Kakusandha, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha arose in the world.
Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena koṇāgamano bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti.
At that time Koṇāgamana, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha arose in the world.
Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti.
At that time Kassapa, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha arose in the world.
Etarahi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno.
And now I am the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha who has arisen in the world.

sn16.5 Jiṇṇasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Old Age ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho, bhante, dīgharattaṁ āraññiko ceva āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, paṁsukūliko ceva paṁsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, santuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, asaṁsaṭṭho ceva asaṁsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, āraddhavīriyo ceva vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī”ti.
“For a long time, sir, I’ve lived in the wilderness, eaten only almsfood, worn rag robes, and owned just three robes; and I’ve praised these things. I’ve been one of few wishes, content, secluded, aloof, and energetic; and I’ve praised these things.” vīriyārambhassa → viriyārambhassa (bj, sya-all, pts1ed, pts2ed); vīriyārabbhassa (mr)

sn16.6 Ovādasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Advice ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ vā, kassapa, bhikkhū ovadeyyaṁ tvaṁ vā;
Either you or I should advise the mendicants
ahaṁ vā bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyyaṁ tvaṁ vā”ti.
and give them a Dhamma talk.”

sn16.7 Dutiyaovādasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Advice (2nd) ahaṁ 2 4 En Ru

Ahaṁ vā, kassapa, bhikkhū ovadeyyaṁ tvaṁ vā;
Either you or I should advise the mendicants
ahaṁ vā bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyyaṁ tvaṁ vā”ti.
and give them a Dhamma talk.”

sn16.8 Tatiyaovādasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Advice (3rd) ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ vā, kassapa, bhikkhūnaṁ ovadeyyaṁ tvaṁ vā;
Either you or I should advise the mendicants
ahaṁ vā bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyyaṁ tvaṁ vā”ti.
and give them a Dhamma talk.”

sn16.9 Jhānābhiññasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Absorptions and Insights ahaṁ 15 4 En Ru

Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
“Mendicants, whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, I enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedemi, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, with the fading away of rapture, I enter and remain in the third absorption, where I meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, I enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, I enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma anantaṁ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, I enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, I enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, I enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhomi—ekopi hutvā bahudhā homi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko homi; āvibhāvaṁ, tirobhāvaṁ, tirokuṭṭaṁ, tiropākāraṁ, tiropabbataṁ, asajjamāno gacchāmi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karomi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchāmi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamāmi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasāmi parimajjāmi; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattemi.
Whenever I want, I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again; appearing and disappearing; going unimpeded through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. I control the body as far as the Brahmā realm.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇāmi, dibbe ca mānuse ca, ye dūre santike ca.
Whenever I want, with clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi—
Whenever I want, I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with my mind.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarāmi, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarāmi.
Whenever I want, I recollect my many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. I remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so I recollect my many kinds of past lives, with features and details.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata, bhonto, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā, ime vā pana, bhonto, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.
Whenever I want, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.
Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi.
I have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.

sn16.10 Upassayasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ The Nuns’ Quarters sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsetvā ahaṁ 10 1 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā mahākassapo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Mahākassapa educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired those nuns with a Dhamma talk,
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
after which he got up from his seat and left.
“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, ahaṁ sūcivāṇijako, tvaṁ sūcikāro;
“Is that right, Reverend Ānanda? Am I the needle seller and you the needle maker?
udāhu ahaṁ sūcikāro, tvaṁ sūcivāṇijako”ti?
Or am I the needle maker and you the needle seller?”
ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
‘Mendicants, whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:
“I was the one the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:
ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
‘Mendicants, whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
ahaṁ, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi.
‘I have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:
“I was the one the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:
ahaṁ, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi.
‘I have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.

sn16.11 Cīvarasutta Kassapasaṁyuttaṁ Robes rājagahaṁ ahaṁ dhāressāmahaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando dakkhiṇagirismiṁ yathābhirantaṁ cārikaṁ caritvā yena rājagahaṁ veḷuvanaṁ kalandakanivāpo yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo etadavoca:
When Venerable Ānanda had wandered in the Southern Hills as long as he pleased, he set out for Rājagaha, to the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. He went up to Venerable Mahākassapa, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahākassapa said to him:
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno addhānamaggappaṭipanno addasaṁ bhagavantaṁ antarā ca rājagahaṁ antarā ca nāḷandaṁ bahuputte cetiye nisinnaṁ.
When I had gone forth, I traveled along the road between Rājagaha and Nāḷandā, where I saw the Buddha sitting at the Many Sons Shrine.
Ahaṁ kho pana, kassapa, jānaññeva vadāmi jānāmīti, passaññeva vadāmi passāmīti.
But Kassapa, when I say that I know and see I really do know and see.
‘Dhāressāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sāṇāni paṁsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti.
‘I will wear it, sir.’
Ahaṁ pana bhagavato sāṇāni paṁsukūlāni nibbasanāni paṭipajjiṁ.
and the Buddha presented me with his worn-out hempen rag robe.
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
Whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. …
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi …pe…
sn16.11
Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi;
I have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And I live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.

sn17.30 Bhikkhusutta Lābhasakkārasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant With Defilements Ended arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Yopi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo tassapāhaṁ lābhasakkārasiloko antarāyāya vadāmī”ti.
“Mendicants, possessions, honor, and popularity are an obstacle even for a mendicant who is perfected, with defilements ended.”

sn18.1 Cakkhusutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ The Eye, Etc. yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn18.21 Anusayasutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ Tendency ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?”
Evaṁ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.” "

sn18.22 Apagatasutta Rāhulasaṁyuttaṁ Rid of Conceit ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiṁ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed?”
Evaṁ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed.”

sn19.1 Aṭṭhisutta Lakkhaṇasaṁyuttaṁ A Skeleton rājagahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“āyāmāvuso lakkhaṇa, rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā”ti.
“Come, Reverend Lakkhaṇa, let’s enter Rājagaha for alms.” āyāmāvuso → ehi āvuso (sya-all, km, mr)

sn20.5 Sattisutta Opammasaṁyuttaṁ A Spear ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

ahaṁ imaṁ sattiṁ tiṇhaphalaṁ pāṇinā vā muṭṭhinā vā paṭileṇissāmi paṭikoṭṭissāmi paṭivaṭṭessāmī’ti.
‘With my hand or fist I’ll fold this sharp spear over, crumple it, and bend it back!’

sn20.6 Dhanuggahasutta Opammasaṁyuttaṁ The Archers ahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

ahaṁ imesaṁ catunnaṁ daḷhadhammānaṁ dhanuggahānaṁ susikkhitānaṁ katahatthānaṁ katūpāsanānaṁ catuddisā kaṇḍe khitte appatiṭṭhite pathaviyaṁ gahetvā āharissāmī’ti.
‘When these four well-trained expert archers shoot arrows in four quarters, I’ll catch them before they reach the ground, and then I’ll bring them back.’

sn21.2 Upatissasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Upatissa ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 1 0 En Ru

Tathā hi panāyasmato sāriputtassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā susamūhatā.
“That must be because Venerable Sāriputta has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit.

sn21.7 Visākhasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ With Visākha, Pañcāli’s Son sampahaṁseti 3 0 En Ru

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya.
Now at that time Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son, was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk. His words were polished, clear, articulate, expressing the meaning, comprehensive, and independent. visākho pañcālaputto → visākho pañcāliputto (bj) "
“ko nu kho, bhikkhave, upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā”ti?
“Mendicants, who was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk?”
“Āyasmā, bhante, visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṁseti, poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā”ti.
“Sir, it was Venerable Visākha, Pañcāli’s son.”

sn21.10 Theranāmakasutta Bhikkhusaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant Named Senior sabbañjahaṁ tamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Sabbañjahaṁ taṇhākkhaye vimuttaṁ,
He’s given up all, freed in the ending of craving:
Tamahaṁ naraṁ ekavihārīti brūmī”ti.
I declare that man to be one who lives alone.” "

sn22.1 Nakulapitusutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Nakula’s Father ahaṁ 20 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ rūpaṁ, mama rūpan’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re obsessed with the thought: ‘I am form, form is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ rūpaṁ, mama rūpan’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṁ rūpaṁ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
But that form of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ vedanā, mama vedanā’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re obsessed with the thought: ‘I am feeling, feeling is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ vedanā, mama vedanā’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
But that feeling of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ saññā, mama saññā’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re obsessed with the thought: ‘I am perception, perception is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ saññā, mama saññā’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, sā saññā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
But that perception of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ saṅkhārā, mama saṅkhārā’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re obsessed with the thought: ‘I am choices, choices are mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ saṅkhārā, mama saṅkhārā’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti.
But those choices of theirs decay and perish,
Ahaṁ viññāṇaṁ, mama viññāṇan’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re obsessed with the thought: ‘I am consciousness, consciousness is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ viññāṇaṁ, mama viññāṇan’ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, taṁ viññāṇaṁ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
But that consciousness of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ rūpaṁ, mama rūpan’ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re not obsessed with the thought: ‘I am form, form is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ rūpaṁ, mama rūpan’ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, taṁ rūpaṁ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
So when that form of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ vedanā, mama vedanā’ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re not obsessed with the thought: ‘I am feeling, feeling is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ vedanā, mama vedanā’ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
So when that feeling of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ saññā, mama saññā’ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re not obsessed with the thought: ‘I am perception, perception is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ saññā, mama saññā’ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, sā saññā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
So when that perception of theirs decays and perishes,
Ahaṁ saṅkhārā, mama saṅkhārā’ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re not obsessed with the thought: ‘I am choices, choices are mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ saṅkhārā, mama saṅkhārā’ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti.
So when those choices of theirs decay and perish,
Ahaṁ viññāṇaṁ, mama viññāṇan’ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti.
They’re not obsessed with the thought: ‘I am consciousness, consciousness is mine!’
Tassa ‘ahaṁ viññāṇaṁ, mama viññāṇan’ti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino, taṁ viññāṇaṁ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti.
So when that consciousness of theirs decays and perishes,

sn22.2 Devadahasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ At Devadaha devadahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.
At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Devadaha. sakkesu → sakyesu (mr)

sn22.3 Hāliddikānisutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Hāliddikāni ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi; ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi? Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi; ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Pure vacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca; pacchā vacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ. Āropito te vādo; cara vādappamokkhāya. Niggahitosi; nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti.
‘You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. I stay on topic, you don’t. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!’

sn22.24 Abhijānasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Directly Knowing appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“Rūpaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya;
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding form, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
vedanaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya;
Without directly knowing and completely understanding feeling …
saṅkhāre anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya;
choices …
viññāṇaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
consciousness, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Rūpañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya;
By directly knowing and completely understanding form, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.
viññāṇaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
consciousness, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” "

sn22.35 Aññatarabhikkhusutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
sn22.35

sn22.36 Dutiyaaññatarabhikkhusutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Mendicant (2nd) yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn22.58 Sammāsambuddhasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ The Fully Awakened Buddha arahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati.
“Mendicants, a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha is freed by not grasping, due to disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding form. They’re called a fully awakened Buddha.
Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vedanāya nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati.
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha is freed by not grasping, due to disillusionment, dispassion, and cessation regarding feeling …
Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho saññāya …
perception …
“Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū, maggavidū, maggakovido;
“The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha gave rise to the unarisen path, gave birth to the unborn path, and explained the unexplained path. He is the knower of the path, the discoverer of the path, the expert on the path. sañjanetā → sañjānetā (sya-all, km, pts1ed) "

sn22.63 Upādiyamānasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ When You Grasp yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn22.70 Rajanīyasaṇṭhitasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Definitely Arousing yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā …pe… vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn22.71 Rādhasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Rādha ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato, kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?”
Evaṁ kho, rādha, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti …pe…
That’s how to know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.” …

sn22.72 Surādhasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Surādha ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti, vidhā samatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed?”
Evaṁ kho, surādha, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti …pe…
That’s how to know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed.” …

sn22.76 Arahantasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ The Perfected Ones dasahaṅgehi 1 0 En Ru

Dasahaṅgehi sampannā,
Endowed with ten factors,

sn22.78 Sīhasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ The Lion arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. So dhammaṁ deseti:
In the same way, when a Realized One arises in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed—he teaches the Dhamma:

sn22.79 Khajjanīyasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Itchy ahaṁ 5 7 En Ru

ahaṁ kho etarahi rūpena khajjāmi.
‘Currently I’m itched by form.
Ahaṁ kho etarahi vedanāya khajjāmi.
‘Currently I’m itched by feeling …
Ahaṁ kho etarahi saññāya khajjāmi …pe…
perception …
ahaṁ kho etarahi saṅkhārehi khajjāmi.
choices …
Ahaṁ kho etarahi viññāṇena khajjāmi.
consciousness.

sn22.80 Piṇḍolyasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Beggars yamahaṁ 2 6 En Ru

‘atthi nu kho taṁ kiñci lokasmiṁ yamahaṁ upādiyamāno na vajjavā assan’ti?
‘Is there anything in the world that I could grasp without fault?’
‘natthi nu kho taṁ kiñci lokasmiṁ yamahaṁ upādiyamāno na vajjavā assaṁ.
‘There’s nothing in the world that I could grasp without fault.

sn22.81 Pālileyyasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ At Pārileyya sampahaṁsesi 1 0 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
and the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.

sn22.82 Puṇṇamasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Full Moon Night ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 2 1 En Ru

“Kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato, kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?”
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.”

sn22.85 Yamakasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Yamaka arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

‘yo so, āvuso yamaka, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā kiṁ hotī’ti?
‘When their body breaks up, after death, what happens to a perfected one, who has ended the defilements?’
‘yo so, āvuso yamaka, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā kiṁ hotī’ti?
sn22.85

sn22.89 Khemakasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Khemaka arahaṁ 4 2 En Ru

Tenahāyasmā khemako arahaṁ khīṇāsavo’”ti.
then he is a perfected one, with defilements ended.’”
no ce kirāyasmā khemako imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassati, tenahāyasmā khemako arahaṁ khīṇāsavo”ti.
sn22.89
Imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassāmi, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo;
I do not regard anything among these five grasping aggregates as self or as belonging to self, yet I am not a perfected one, with defilements ended.
Imesu khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attaṁ vā attaniyaṁ vā samanupassāmi, na camhi arahaṁ khīṇāsavo;
sn22.89

sn22.91 Rāhulasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Rāhula ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?”
Evaṁ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.” "

sn22.92 Dutiyarāhulasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Rāhula (2nd) ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed?”
Evaṁ kho, rāhula, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed.”

sn22.94 Pupphasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ Flowers yamahaṁ tamahaṁ 4 1 En Ru

Kiñca, bhikkhave, natthisammataṁ loke paṇḍitānaṁ, yamahaṁ ‘natthī’ti vadāmi?
And what do the astute deem as not existing, which I too say does not exist?
Kiñca, bhikkhave, atthisammataṁ loke paṇḍitānaṁ, yamahaṁ ‘atthī’ti vadāmi?
And what do the astute deem as existing, which I too say exists?
Yo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena evaṁ ācikkhiyamāne desiyamāne paññapiyamāne paṭṭhapiyamāne vivariyamāne vibhajiyamāne uttānīkariyamāne na jānāti na passati tamahaṁ, bhikkhave, bālaṁ puthujjanaṁ andhaṁ acakkhukaṁ ajānantaṁ apassantaṁ kinti karomi.
This being so, what can I do about a foolish ordinary person, blind and sightless, who does not know or see?
Yo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena evaṁ ācikkhiyamāne desiyamāne paññapiyamāne paṭṭhapiyamāne vivariyamāne vibhajiyamāne uttānīkariyamāne na jānāti na passati tamahaṁ, bhikkhave, bālaṁ puthujjanaṁ andhaṁ acakkhukaṁ ajānantaṁ apassantaṁ kinti karomi.
This being so, what can I do about a foolish ordinary person, blind and sightless, who does not know or see?

sn22.96 Gomayapiṇḍasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Lump of Cow Dung yamahaṁ 8 0 En Ru

Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā nagarasahassānaṁ ekaññeva taṁ nagaraṁ hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi—kusāvatī rājadhānī.
Of those 84,000 cities, I only stayed in one, the capital Kusāvatī.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā pāsādasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pāsādo hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi—dhammo pāsādo.
Of those 84,000 mansions, I only dwelt in one, the Palace of Principle.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā kūṭāgārasahassānaṁ ekaññeva taṁ kūṭāgāraṁ hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi—mahābyūhaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ.
Of those 84,000 chambers, I only dwelt in the great foyer.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā pallaṅkasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi—dantamayo vā sāramayo vā sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā.
Of those 84,000 couches, I only used one, made of ivory or heartwood or gold or silver.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā nāgasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so nāgo hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena abhiruhāmi—uposatho nāgarājā.
Of those 84,000 bull elephants, I only rode one, the royal bull elephant named Sabbath.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā assasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so asso hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena abhiruhāmi—valāhako assarājā.
Of those 84,000 horses, I only rode one, the royal horse named Thundercloud.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā rathasahassānaṁ ekoyeva so ratho hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena abhiruhāmi—vejayanto ratho.
Of those 84,000 chariots, I only rode one, the chariot named Triumph.
Tesaṁ kho pana, bhikkhu, caturāsītiyā vatthakoṭisahassānaṁ ekaññeva taṁ vatthayugaṁ hoti yamahaṁ tena samayena paridahāmi—khomasukhumaṁ vā koseyyasukhumaṁ vā kambalasukhumaṁ vā kappāsikasukhumaṁ vā.
Of those 8,400,000,000 cloths, I only wore one pair, made of fine linen, cotton, silk, and wool.

sn22.101 Vāsijaṭasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ The Adze ahaṁ 1 4 En Ru

“Jānato ahaṁ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṁ khayaṁ vadāmi, no ajānato no apassato.
“Mendicants, I say that the ending of defilements is for one who knows and sees, not for one who does not know or see.

sn22.110 Arahantasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Arahantasutta
A Perfected One Arahantasutta → arahaṁ (pts1ed) "
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti.
Such a mendicant is called a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.” "

sn22.124 Kappasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Kappa ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli?”
Evaṁ kho, kappa, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontī”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that there’s no ego, possessiveness, or underlying tendency to conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli.” "

sn22.125 Dutiyakappasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Kappa (2nd) ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ 2 0 En Ru

“kathaṁ nu kho, bhante, jānato kathaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti?
“Sir, how does one know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed?”
Evaṁ kho, kappa, jānato evaṁ passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhā samatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttan”ti.
That’s how to know and see so that the mind is rid of ego, possessiveness, and conceit for this conscious body and all external stimuli; and going beyond discrimination, it’s peaceful and well freed.”

sn22.159 Ānandasutta Khandhasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn23.8 Arahantasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ayaṁ vuccati, rādha, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti.
Such a mendicant is called a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.” "

sn23.23-33 sn23.23 Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Eleven Discourses on Māra, Etc. yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn23.34 Nirodhadhammasutta Rādhasaṁyuttaṁ Liable To Cease yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn28.1 Vivekajasutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ Born of Seclusion ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 7 0 En Ru

ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ paṭhamā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the first absorption’ or ‘I have entered the first absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the first absorption’.”
Tathā hi panāyasmato sāriputtassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā susamūhatā.
“That must be because Venerable Sāriputta has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit.
“‘ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ paṭhamā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the first absorption’ or ‘I have entered the first absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the first absorption’.” "

sn28.2 Avitakkasutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ Without Placing the Mind ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 7 0 En Ru

ahaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ dutiyā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the second absorption’ or ‘I have entered the second absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the second absorption’.”
Tathā hi panāyasmato sāriputtassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā susamūhatā.
“That must be because Venerable Sāriputta has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit.
“‘ahaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ dutiyā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the second absorption’ or ‘I have entered the second absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the second absorption’.” "

sn28.3 Pītisutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ Rapture ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 7 0 En Ru

ahaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ tatiyā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the third absorption’ or ‘I have entered the third absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the third absorption’.”
Tathā hi panāyasmato sāriputtassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā susamūhatā.
“That must be because Venerable Sāriputta has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit.
“‘ahaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ tatiyā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the third absorption’ or ‘I have entered the third absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the third absorption’.” "

sn28.4 Upekkhāsutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ Equanimity ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 7 0 En Ru

ahaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ catutthā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the fourth absorption’ or ‘I have entered the fourth absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the fourth absorption’.”
Tathā hi panāyasmato sāriputtassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā susamūhatā.
“That must be because Venerable Sāriputta has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit.
“‘ahaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ catutthā jhānā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the fourth absorption’ or ‘I have entered the fourth absorption’ or ‘I am emerging from the fourth absorption’.” "

sn28.9 Nirodhasamāpattisutta Sāriputtasaṁyuttaṁ The Attainment of Cessation ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā 7 0 En Ru

ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I have entered the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I am emerging from the cessation of perception and feeling’.”
Tathā hi panāyasmato sāriputtassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā susamūhatā.
“That must be because Venerable Sāriputta has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit.
“‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhā vuṭṭhito’ti vā”ti.
‘I am entering the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I have entered the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I am emerging from the cessation of perception and feeling’.” "

sn35.26 Paṭhamaaparijānanasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Without Completely Understanding (1st) appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 24 0 En Ru

“Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding the all, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Kiñca, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya?
And what is the all, without directly knowing and completely understanding which, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering?
Cakkhuṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
Without directly knowing and completely understanding the eye, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Rūpe anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
Without directly knowing and completely understanding sights …
Cakkhuviññāṇaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
eye consciousness …
Cakkhusamphassaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
eye contact …
Yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya …pe…
painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by eye contact, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
jivhaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
Without directly knowing and completely understanding the ear … the nose … the tongue …
yampidaṁ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
sn35.26
manaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
the mind, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
This is the all, without directly knowing and completely understanding which, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Sabbañca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
By directly knowing and completely understanding the all, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.
Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya?
And what is the all, directly knowing and completely understanding which, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering?
Cakkhuṁ, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
By directly knowing and completely understanding the eye …
Rūpe abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
sn35.26
Cakkhuviññāṇaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
sn35.26
Cakkhusamphassaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
sn35.26
Yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya …pe…
sn35.26
jivhaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
the ear … the nose … the tongue …
yampidaṁ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
sn35.26
manaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
the mind, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.
Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
This is the all, directly knowing and completely understanding which, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” "

sn35.27 Dutiyaaparijānanasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Without Completely Understanding (2nd) appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

“Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding the all, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya?
And what is the all, without directly knowing and completely understanding which, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering?
idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
This is the all, without directly knowing and completely understanding which, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
By directly knowing and completely understanding the all, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.
Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya?
And what is the all, directly knowing and completely understanding which, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering?
idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
This is the all, directly knowing and completely understanding which, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” "

sn35.64 Dutiyamigajālasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Migajāla (2nd) yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.69 Upasenaāsīvisasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Upasena and the Viper ahaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayo 11 3 En Ru

ahaṁ cakkhūti vā mama cakkhūti vā …pe…
‘I am the eye’ or ‘the eye is mine.’
ahaṁ jivhāti vā mama jivhāti vā …
Or ‘I am the ear … nose … tongue … body …’
ahaṁ manoti vā mama mano’ti vā.
Or ‘I am the mind’ or ‘the mind is mine.’
ahaṁ cakkhūti vā mama cakkhūti vā …pe…
sn35.69
ahaṁ jivhāti vā mama jivhāti vā …pe…
sn35.69
ahaṁ manoti vā mama manoti vā’.
sn35.69
Tathā hi panāyasmato upasenassa dīgharattaṁ ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayo susamūhato.
“That must be because Venerable Upasena has long ago totally eradicated ego, possessiveness, and the underlying tendency to conceit. ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayo susamūhato → … mānānusayā susamūhatā (bj, pts1ed) "
“‘ahaṁ cakkhūti vā mama cakkhūti vā …pe…
‘I am the eye’ or ‘the eye is mine.’ Or ‘I am the ear …
ahaṁ jivhāti vā mama jivhāti vā …pe…
nose … tongue … body …’
ahaṁ manoti vā mama mano’ti vā”ti.
Or ‘I am the mind’ or ‘the mind is mine.’”

sn35.76 Rādhaaniccasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Rādha on Impermanence yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.86 Saṅkhittadhammasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ A Teaching In Brief yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.87 Channasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Channa ahaṁ tamahaṁ 4 4 En Ru

Sace āyasmato channassa natthi sappāyāni bhojanāni, ahaṁ āyasmato channassa sappāyāni bhojanāni pariyesissāmi.
If you don’t have any suitable food, we’ll find it for you.
Sace āyasmato channassa natthi sappāyāni bhesajjāni, ahaṁ āyasmato channassa sappāyāni bhesajjāni pariyesissāmi.
If you don’t have suitable medicine, we’ll find it for you.
Sace āyasmato channassa natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā, ahaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ upaṭṭhahissāmi.
If you don’t have a capable carer, we’ll find one for you.
Yo kho, sāriputta, tañca kāyaṁ nikkhipati, aññañca kāyaṁ upādiyati, tamahaṁ saupavajjoti vadāmi.
When someone lays down this body and takes up another body, I call them ‘blameworthy’.

sn35.88 Puṇṇasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Puṇṇa yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.89 Bāhiyasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Bāhiya yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.95 Mālukyaputtasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Māluṅkyaputta yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.111 Ajjhattikāyatanaparijānanasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Complete Understanding of the Interior appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Cakkhuṁ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding the eye, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
manaṁ anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
mind, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.
Cakkhuñca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya …pe…
By directly knowing and completely understanding the eye, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.
manaṁ abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
mind, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.” "

sn35.112 Bāhirāyatanaparijānanasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Complete Understanding of the Exterior appajahaṁ pajahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Rūpe, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
“Mendicants, without directly knowing and completely understanding sights …
dhamme anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
ideas, without dispassion for them and giving them up, you can’t end suffering.
Rūpe ca kho, bhikkhave, abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.
By directly knowing and completely understanding sights …
dhamme abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā”ti.
ideas, having dispassion for them and giving them up, you can end suffering.” "

sn35.133 Verahaccānisutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Verahaccāni sampahaṁsesi sampahaṁsito 4 1 En Ru

Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ māṇavakaṁ āyasmā udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
Udāyī educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired that student with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā yena verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā verahaccānigottaṁ brāhmaṇiṁ etadavoca:
Then that student went to the brahmin lady of the Verahaccāni clan and said to her,
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ māṇavakaṁ āyasmā udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
sn35.133
Dutiyampi kho so māṇavako āyasmatā udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā yena verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā verahaccānigottaṁ brāhmaṇiṁ etadavoca:
And for a second time that student went to the brahmin lady of the Verahaccāni clan …

sn35.134 Devadahasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ At Devadaha devadahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo.
At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Devadaha.

sn35.136 Paṭhamarūpārāmasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Liking Sights (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tathāgato ca kho, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rūpānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ viditvā na rūpārāmo na rūparato na rūpasammudito.
The Realized One has truly understood the origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape of sights, so he doesn’t like, love, or enjoy them.

sn35.137 Dutiyarūpārāmasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ Liking Sights (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Tathāgato ca, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho rūpānaṁ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ viditvā na rūpārāmo na rūparato na rūpasammudito.
The Realized One has truly understood the origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape of sights, so he doesn’t like, love, or enjoy them.

sn35.162 Koṭṭhikaaniccasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ With Koṭṭhita on Impermanence yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn35.240 Kummopamasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Tortoise samodahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

Samodahaṁ bhikkhu manovitakke;
as a tortoise draws its limbs into its shell.

sn35.241 Paṭhamadārukkhandhopamasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Tree Trunk (1st) ahaṁ 1 6 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, na orimaṁ tīraṁ upagacchāmi, na pārimaṁ tīraṁ upagacchāmi, na majjhe saṁsīdissāmi, na thale ussīdissāmi, na maṁ manussaggāho gahessati, na amanussaggāho gahessati, na āvaṭṭaggāho gahessati, na antopūti bhavissāmi.
“I won’t collide with the near shore or the far shore, or sink in the middle, or get stranded on high ground. And I won’t get taken by humans or non-humans or caught up in a whirlpool, and I won’t rot away.

sn35.243 Avassutapariyāyasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Explanation on the Corrupt sampahaṁsetvā tamahaṁ 2 2 En Ru

Atha kho bhagavā kāpilavatthave sakye bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi:
The Buddha spent much of the night educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the Sakyans with a Dhamma talk. Then he dismissed them, saying,
tamahaṁ āyamissāmī”ti.
I’ll stretch it.”

sn35.245 Kiṁsukopamasutta Saḷāyatanasaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Parrot Tree kahaṁ 2 15 En Ru

‘kahaṁ, bho purisa, imassa nagarassa nagarassāmī’ti?
‘Mister, where is the lord of the city?’
‘kahaṁ, bho purisa, imassa nagarassāmī’ti?
sn35.245

sn38.16 Dukkarapañhāsutta Jambukhādakasaṁyuttaṁ A Question About What’s Hard to Do arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Kīvaciraṁ panāvuso, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhu arahaṁ assā”ti?
“But if a mendicant practices in line with the teaching, will it take them long to become a perfected one?”

sn39.16 Dukkarasutta Sāmaṇḍakasaṁyuttaṁ Hard to Do arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Kīvaciraṁ panāvuso, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhu arahaṁ assā”ti?
“But if a mendicant practices in line with the teaching, will it take them long to become a perfected one?”

sn40.10 Sakkasutta Moggallānasaṁyuttaṁ With Sakka arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.

sn41.2 Paṭhamaisidattasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ Isidatta (1st) byākaromahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“byākaromahaṁ, bhante thera, cittassa gahapatino etaṁ pañhan”ti?
“Honorable Senior, may I answer Citta’s question?”

sn41.3 Dutiyaisidattasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Isidatta (2nd) byākaromahaṁ kahaṁ ahaṁ 3 0 En Ru

“byākaromahaṁ, bhante thera, cittassa gahapatino etaṁ pañhan”ti?
“Honorable Senior, may I answer Citta’s question?”
“Kahaṁ nu kho so, bhante, āyasmā etarahi viharatī”ti?
“Sir, where is that venerable now staying?”
Ahaṁ ayyassa isidattassa ussukkaṁ karissāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan”ti.
I’ll make sure that Venerable Isidatta is provided with robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.”

sn41.4 Mahakapāṭihāriyasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ Mahaka’s Demonstration ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ ayyassa mahakassa ussukkaṁ karissāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan”ti.
I’ll make sure that Venerable Mahaka is provided with robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.”

sn41.6 Dutiyakāmabhūsutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ With Kāmabhū (2nd) ahaṁ 6 0 En Ru

ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjissan’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno’ti vā.
‘I will enter the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I am entering the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I have entered the cessation of perception and feeling.’
ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahissan’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahāmī’ti vā ‘ahaṁ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhito’ti vā.
‘I will emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I am emerging from the cessation of perception and feeling’ or ‘I have emerged from the cessation of perception and feeling.’

sn41.8 Nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ The Jain Ascetic of the Ñātika Clan ahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

Ahaṁ kho, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
“Well sir, whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected.
Ahaṁ kho, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And whenever I want, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … I enter and remain in the second absorption.
Ahaṁ kho, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi, pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And whenever I want, with the fading away of rapture … I enter and remain in the third absorption.
Ahaṁ kho, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi, sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi.
And whenever I want, giving up pleasure and pain … I enter and remain in the fourth absorption.

sn41.10 Gilānadassanasutta Cittasaṁyuttaṁ Seeing the Sick arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

sn42.6 Asibandhakaputtasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Asibandhaka’s Son arahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṁ yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyā”ti?
But what about the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha: is he able to ensure that the whole world will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm when their body breaks up, after death?”

sn42.8 Saṅkhadhamasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ A Horn Blower arahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

Idha pana, gāmaṇi, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.
But consider when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.

sn42.9 Kulasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ Families yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Ito so, gāmaṇi, ekanavutikappe yamahaṁ anussarāmi, nābhijānāmi kiñci kulaṁ pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena upahatapubbaṁ.
“Well, chief, I recollect ninety-one eons back but I’m not aware of any family that’s been ruined merely by offering some cooked almsfood. ekanavutikappe → ekanavuto kappo (bj, sya-all, km); ekanavutikappo (pts1ed)

sn42.10 Maṇicūḷakasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Maṇicūḷaka ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ parisaṁ etadavocaṁ:
sn42.10

sn42.11 Bhadrakasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Bhadraka ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

“Ahañce te, gāmaṇi, atītamaddhānaṁ ārabbha dukkhassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca deseyyaṁ:
“Chief, if I were to teach you about the origin and ending of suffering in the past, saying Ahañce → ahaṁ ca (bj, cck, sya1ed, km, pts1ed, mr)
Ahañce te, gāmaṇi, anāgatamaddhānaṁ ārabbha dukkhassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca deseyyaṁ:
If I were to teach you about the origin and ending of suffering in the future, saying Ahañce → ahaṁ ca (bj, cck, sya1ed, km, pts1ed, mr)

sn42.13 Pāṭaliyasutta Gāmaṇisaṁyuttaṁ With Pāṭaliya ahaṁ jānāmahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Yo nu kho, gāmaṇi, evaṁ vadeti: ‘ahaṁ māyaṁ jānāmī’ti, so evaṁ vadeti: ‘ahaṁ māyāvī’”ti.
“Chief, does someone who says ‘I know magic’ also say ‘I am a magician’?”
“Jānāmahaṁ, bhante, koliyānaṁ lambacūḷake bhaṭe”ti.
“I know them, sir.”
“Jānāmahaṁ, bhante, koliyānaṁ lambacūḷake bhaṭe dussīle pāpadhamme; ye ca loke dussīlā pāpadhammā koliyānaṁ lambacūḷakā bhaṭā tesaṁ aññatarā”ti.
“I know that they’re immoral, of bad character, sir. They are among those in the world who are immoral and of bad character.”

sn44.1 Khemāsutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Khemā yamahaṁ 1 7 En Ru

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, toraṇavatthusmiṁ tathārūpaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā jāna yamahaṁ ajja payirupāseyyan”ti.
“Please, mister, check if there’s a suitable ascetic or brahmin in Toraṇavatthu to whom I can pay homage.”

sn44.7 Moggallānasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Moggallāna arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Tathāgato ca kho, vaccha, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cakkhuṁ ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati …pe…
The Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha regards the eye like this: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’ He regards the ear … nose …
Tathāgato ca kho, vaccha, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cakkhuṁ ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati …pe…
sn44.7

sn44.8 Vacchagottasutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ With Vacchagotta arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Tathāgato ca kho, vaccha, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho na rūpaṁ attato samanupassati, na rūpavantaṁ vā attānaṁ, na attani vā rūpaṁ, na rūpasmiṁ vā attānaṁ.
The Realized One doesn’t regard form as self, self as having form, form in self, or self in form.
Tathāgato ca kho, vaccha, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho na rūpaṁ attato samanupassati, na rūpavantaṁ vā attānaṁ, na attani vā rūpaṁ, na rūpasmiṁ vā attānaṁ.
sn44.8

sn44.9 Kutūhalasālāsutta Abyākatasaṁyuttaṁ The Debating Hall tamahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

“Yasmiṁ kho, vaccha, samaye acci vātena khittā dūrampi gacchati, tamahaṁ vātūpādānaṁ paññāpemi.
“At such a time, I say that it’s fueled by wind.
“Yasmiṁ kho, vaccha, samaye imañca kāyaṁ nikkhipati, satto ca aññataraṁ kāyaṁ anupapanno hoti, tamahaṁ taṇhūpādānaṁ vadāmi.
“When someone who is attached has laid down this body, Vaccha, and has not been reborn in one of the realms, I say they’re fueled by craving.

sn45.11 Paṭhamavihārasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ Meditation (1st) icchāmahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ.
“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight.

sn45.12 Dutiyavihārasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ Meditation (2nd) icchāmahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ.
“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months.

sn45.28 Samādhisutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ Immersion sattahaṅgehi 1 0 En Ru

Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā saparikkhāratā—
Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and ‘with its prerequisites’.” saparikkhāratā → saparikkhatā (bj, sya-all); saparikkhārā (pts1ed) "

sn45.139 Tathāgatasutta Maggasaṁyuttaṁ The Realized One arahaṁ 4 0 En Ru

“Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
“Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception. dvipadā → dipadā (bj) | bahuppadā → bahupadā (?) "
Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.
Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.
Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho;
Mendicants, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, is said to be the best of all sentient beings—be they footless, with two feet, four feet, or many feet; with form or formless; with perception or without perception or with neither perception nor non-perception.

sn46.3 Sīlasutta Bojjhaṅgasaṁyuttaṁ Ethics pahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sīlasampannā samādhisampannā ñāṇasampannā vimuttisampannā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā, dassanampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bahukāraṁ vadāmi;
“Mendicants, when a mendicant is accomplished in ethics, immersion, knowledge, freedom, or the knowledge and vision of freedom, even the sight of them is very helpful, I say. dassanampāhaṁ → … pahaṁ (bj, sya-all) | bahukāraṁ → bahūpakāraṁ (sya-all)

sn47.3 Bhikkhusutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ A Monk yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn47.9 Gilānasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Sick ahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā, ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya.
‘I shall lead the mendicant Saṅgha,’ or ‘the Saṅgha of mendicants is meant for me,’ let them bring something up regarding the Saṅgha.
ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā, ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā.
sn47.9

sn47.10 Bhikkhunupassayasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ The Nuns’ Quarters sampahaṁsetvā 1 0 En Ru

Atha kho āyasmā ānando tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Then Ānanda educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired those nuns with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat and left.

sn47.12 Nālandasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ At Nāḷandā ahaṁ arahaṁ 5 1 En Ru

“evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati.
“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati.
‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that
“Kiṁ pana tyāhaṁ, sāriputta, etarahi, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito:
“And what about me, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha at present? Have you comprehended my mind to know that pana tyāhaṁ → kiṁ pana te (bj)
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati.
sn47.12
Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā, anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’”ti.
sn47.12

sn47.13 Cundasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Cunda sampahaṁsako dhammānuggahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Api ca me, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto ovādako ahosi otiṇṇo viññāpako sandassako samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako, akilāsu dhammadesanāya, anuggāhako sabrahmacārīnaṁ.
But Venerable Sāriputta was my adviser and counselor. He educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired me. He never tired of teaching the Dhamma, and he supported his spiritual companions.
Taṁ mayaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa dhammojaṁ dhammabhogaṁ dhammānuggahaṁ anussarāmā”ti.
I remember the nectar of the teaching, the riches of the teaching, the support of the teaching given by Venerable Sāriputta.”

sn47.15 Bāhiyasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Bāhiya yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn47.16 Uttiyasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ With Uttiya yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn47.19 Sedakasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ At Sedaka ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

‘tvaṁ, samma medakathālike, mamaṁ rakkha, ahaṁ taṁ rakkhissāmi.
‘You look after me, dear Medakathālikā, and I’ll look after you.
Tvaṁ, ācariya, attānaṁ rakkha, ahaṁ attānaṁ rakkhissāmi.
You should look after yourself, and I’ll look after myself.

sn47.46 Pātimokkhasaṁvarasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Restraint in the Monastic Code yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn47.47 Duccaritasutta Satipaṭṭhānasaṁyuttaṁ Bad Conduct yamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”

sn48.4 Paṭhamaarahantasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One (1st) arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Paṭhamaarahantasutta
A Perfected One (1st) Paṭhamaarahantasutta → arahaṁ 1 (pts1ed)
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti.
Such a mendicant is called a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.” "

sn48.5 Dutiyaarahantasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One (2nd) arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Dutiyaarahantasutta
A Perfected One (2nd) Dutiyaarahantasutta → arahaṁ 2 (pts1ed) "
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti.
Such a mendicant is called a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.” "

sn48.9 Paṭhamavibhaṅgasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ Analysis (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti—
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

sn48.10 Dutiyavibhaṅgasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ Analysis (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti—
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

sn48.11 Paṭilābhasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ Gain arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti—
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

sn48.12 Paṭhamasaṅkhittasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ In Brief (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hotī”ti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re a non-returner. If they are weaker still, they’re a once-returner. If they are weaker still, they’re a stream-enterer. If they’re weaker still, they’re a follower of teachings. If they’re weaker still, they’re a follower by faith.” "

sn48.13 Dutiyasaṅkhittasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ In Brief (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hoti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re a non-returner … a once-returner … a stream-enterer … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.

sn48.14 Tatiyasaṅkhittasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ In Brief (3rd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hoti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re a non-returner … a once-returner … a stream-enterer … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.

sn48.15 Paṭhamavitthārasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ In Detail (1st) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hotī”ti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a stream-enterer … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.” "

sn48.16 Dutiyavitthārasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ In Detail (2nd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hoti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a stream-enterer … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.

sn48.17 Tatiyavitthārasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ In Detail (3rd) arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hoti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a stream-enterer … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.

sn48.18 Paṭipannasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ Practicing arahaṁ tamahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re practicing to realize the fruit of perfection … a non-returner … practicing to realize the fruit of non-return … a once-returner … practicing to realize the fruit of once-return … a stream-enterer … practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry.
Yassa kho, bhikkhave, imāni pañcindriyāni sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ natthi, tamahaṁ ‘bāhiro puthujjanapakkhe ṭhito’ti vadāmī”ti.
Someone who totally and utterly lacks these five faculties is an outsider who belongs with the ordinary persons, I say.” "

sn48.24 Ekabījīsutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ A One-Seeder arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ samattā paripūrattā arahaṁ hoti, tato mudutarehi antarāparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti, tato mudutarehi uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi ekabījī hoti, tato mudutarehi kolaṅkolo hoti, tato mudutarehi sattakkhattuparamo hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato mudutarehi saddhānusārī hotī”ti.
Someone who has completed and fulfilled these five faculties is a perfected one. If they are weaker than that, they’re one who is extinguished between one life and the next … one who is extinguished upon landing … one who is extinguished without extra effort … one who is extinguished with extra effort … one who heads upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm … a once-returner … a one-seeder … one who goes from family to family … one who has seven rebirths at most … a follower of teachings … a follower by faith.” " ekabījī → ekabīji (mr) | sattakkhattuparamo → sattakkhattuṁparamo (sya-all) "

sn48.27 Arahantasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto’”ti.
Such a mendicant is called a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.” "

sn48.33 Arahantasutta Indriyasaṁyuttaṁ A Perfected One arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto”ti.
Such a mendicant is called a perfected one, with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment.” "

sn51.8 Buddhasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ Awakened arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā tathāgato ‘arahaṁ sammāsambuddho’ti vuccatī”ti.
It is because he has developed and cultivated these four bases of psychic power that the Realized One is called ‘the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha’.” "

sn51.10 Cetiyasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ At the Cāpāla Shrine lomahaṁso 1 0 En Ru

Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako lomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. Ossaṭṭhe ca → ossaṭṭhe pana (pts1ed); osajje pana (mr) | devadundubhiyo → devadudrabhiyo (mr) "

sn51.15 Uṇṇābhabrāhmaṇasutta Iddhipādasaṁyuttaṁ The Brahmin Uṇṇābha arahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

“Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yo so bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, tassa yo pubbe chando ahosi arahattappattiyā, arahattappatte yo tajjo chando so paṭippassaddho;
“In the same way, take a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment. They formerly had the desire to attain perfection, but when they attained perfection the corresponding desire faded away. arahattappatte → arahatte patte (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "

sn52.9 Ambapālivanasutta Anuruddhasaṁyuttaṁ In Ambapālī’s Mango Grove arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so imesu catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto bahulaṁ viharatī”ti.
A mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—usually meditates with their mind firmly established in these four kinds of mindfulness meditation.”

sn54.1 Ekadhammasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ One Thing samādahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati;
They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe in immersing the mind in samādhi.’ They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe out immersing the mind in samādhi.’

sn54.6 Ariṭṭhasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ With Ariṭṭha ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, bhāvemi ānāpānassatin”ti.
“Sir, I develop mindfulness of breathing.”

sn54.9 Vesālīsutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ At Vesālī icchāmahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ.
“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for a fortnight.

sn54.10 Kimilasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ With Kimbila samādahaṁ 1 1 En Ru

samādahaṁ cittaṁ …
They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe in immersing the mind in samādhi.’ They practice like this: ‘I’ll breathe out immersing the mind in samādhi.’

sn54.11 Icchānaṅgalasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ Icchānaṅgala icchāmahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ.
“Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months.

sn54.12 Kaṅkheyyasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ In Doubt icchāmahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, temāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ.
‘Mendicants, I wish to go on retreat for three months.

sn54.13 Paṭhamaānandasutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ With Ānanda (1st) samādahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

samādahaṁ cittaṁ …
immersing the mind in samādhi …

sn54.16 Dutiyabhikkhusutta Ānāpānasaṁyuttaṁ Several Mendicants (2nd) samādahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘samādahaṁ cittaṁ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati;
sn54.16

sn55.1 Cakkavattirājasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ A Wheel-Turning Monarch arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’

sn55.2 Brahmacariyogadhasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ The Culmination of the Spiritual Life arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.
sn55.2

sn55.3 Dīghāvuupāsakasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ With Dīghāvu arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato bhavissāmi—itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti.
‘I will have experiential confidence in the Buddha …

sn55.6 Thapatisutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ The Chamberlains arahaṁ 1 2 En Ru

“ayaṁ so, bhante, bhagavā āgacchati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
“Sirs, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is coming.

sn55.7 Veḷudvāreyyasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ The People of Bamboo Gate arahaṁ ahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ bhagavā → bhagavāti (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
ahaṁ khosmi jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo.
‘I want to live and don’t want to die; I want to be happy and recoil from pain.

sn55.12 Brāhmaṇasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ The Brahmins arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti;
sn55.12

sn55.25 Dutiyasaraṇānisakkasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ About Sarakāni the Sakyan (2nd) idamahaṁ 4 2 En Ru

idamahaṁ dukkhettasmiṁ vadāmi.
This is what I call a barren field.
idamahaṁ dubbījasmiṁ vadāmi.
This is what I call a bad seed.
idamahaṁ sukhettasmiṁ vadāmi.
This is what I call a fertile field.
idamahaṁ subījasmiṁ vadāmi.
This is what I call a good seed.

sn55.40 Nandiyasakkasutta Sotāpattisaṁyuttaṁ Nandiya the Sakyan tamahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

“‘Yassa kho, nandiya, cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ natthi tamahaṁ bāhiro puthujjanapakkhe ṭhito’ti vadāmi.
“Nandiya, someone who totally and utterly lacks these four factors of stream-entry is an outsider who belongs with the ordinary persons, I say.

sn56.9 Viggāhikakathāsutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Arguments ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

‘na tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāsi, ahaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānāmi. Kiṁ tvaṁ imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ ājānissasi. Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṁ me, asahitaṁ te. Purevacanīyaṁ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṁ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṁ te viparāvattaṁ. Āropito te vādo, cara vādappamokkhāya. Niggahitosi, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’ti.
‘You don’t understand this teaching and training. I understand this teaching and training. What, you understand this teaching and training? You’re practicing wrong. I’m practicing right. I stay on topic, you don’t. You said last what you should have said first. You said first what you should have said last. What you’ve thought so much about has been disproved. Your doctrine is refuted. Go on, save your doctrine! You’re trapped; get yourself out of this—if you can!’ Adhiciṇṇaṁ te → āciṇṇaṁ te (bj); āciṇṇante (sya-all, km, pts1ed) "

sn56.15 Paṭhamadhāraṇasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Remembering (1st) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā cattāri ariyasaccāni desitānī”ti.
“I do, sir.”

sn56.16 Dutiyadhāraṇasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Remembering (2nd) ahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

ahaṁ kho, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā cattāri ariyasaccāni desitānī”ti.
“I do, sir.”

sn56.23 Sammāsambuddhasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ The Fully Awakened Buddha arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ ariyasaccānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato ‘arahaṁ sammāsambuddho’ti vuccati.
It is because he has truly woken up to these four noble truths that the Realized One is called ‘the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha’.

sn56.30 Gavampatisutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ With Gavampati arahaṁ 1 0 En Ru

arahaṁ āsavakkhayo;
sn56.30

sn56.32 Khadirapattasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ Acacia Leaves ahaṁ 6 2 En Ru

ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca, dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘Without truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’
ahaṁ khadirapattānaṁ vā saralapattānaṁ vā āmalakapattānaṁ vā puṭaṁ karitvā udakaṁ vā tālapattaṁ vā āharissāmī’ti—
‘I’ll make a basket out of acacia leaves or pine needles or myrobalan leaves, and use it to carry water or a palm frond.’ saralapattānaṁ → salalapattānaṁ (bj); palāsapattānaṁ (cck, sya1ed, km, pts1ed); saralasapattānaṁ (sya2ed) "
ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘Without truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’
ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca, dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘After truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’
ahaṁ padumapattānaṁ vā palāsapattānaṁ vā māluvapattānaṁ vā puṭaṁ karitvā udakaṁ vā tālapattaṁ vā āharissāmī’ti—
‘I’ll make a basket out of lotus leaves or flame-of-the-forest leaves or camel’s foot creeper leaves, and use it to carry water or a palm frond.’
ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘After truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’

sn56.38 Dutiyasūriyasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ The Simile of the Sun (2nd) arahaṁ 2 0 En Ru

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāvakīvañca tathāgato loke nuppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, neva tāva mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti mahato obhāsassa.
In the same way, as long as the Realized One doesn’t arise in the world, no great light or great radiance appears.
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, atha mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti mahato obhāsassa.
But when the Realized One arises in the world, a great light, a great radiance appears.

sn56.44 Kūṭāgārasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ A Bungalow ahaṁ 6 2 En Ru

ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘Without truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’
ahaṁ kūṭāgārassa heṭṭhimaṁ gharaṁ akaritvā uparimaṁ gharaṁ āropessāmī’ti—
‘Before the lower story of a bungalow is built, I will climb up to the upper story.’
ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ anabhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘Without truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’
ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘After truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’
ahaṁ kūṭāgārassa heṭṭhimaṁ gharaṁ karitvā uparimaṁ gharaṁ āropessāmī’ti—
‘After the lower story of a bungalow is built, I will climb up to the upper story.’
ahaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca …pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ ariyasaccaṁ yathābhūtaṁ abhisamecca sammā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmī’ti—
‘After truly comprehending the noble truths of suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, I will completely make an end of suffering.’

sn56.48 Dutiyachiggaḷayugasutta Saccasaṁyuttaṁ A Yoke With a Hole (2nd) arahaṁ 2 1 En Ru

Evaṁ adhiccamidaṁ, bhikkhave, yaṁ tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho.
And that’s how unlikely it is for a Realized One to arise in the world, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.
Tassidaṁ, bhikkhave, manussattaṁ laddhaṁ, tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, tathāgatappavedito ca dhammavinayo loke dibbati.
And now, mendicants, you have been reborn as a human being. A Realized One has arisen in the world, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. And the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One shines in the world. Tassidaṁ → tayidaṁ (?) "